]> gcc.gnu.org Git - gcc.git/blame - gcc/expr.c
Add variants of call and call_value patterns for calls to functions defined in the...
[gcc.git] / gcc / expr.c
CommitLineData
bbf6f052 1/* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler.
4be204f0 2 Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
bbf6f052
RK
3
4This file is part of GNU CC.
5
6GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
9any later version.
10
11GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
18the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
19
20
21#include "config.h"
22#include "rtl.h"
23#include "tree.h"
24#include "flags.h"
25#include "function.h"
26#include "insn-flags.h"
27#include "insn-codes.h"
28#include "expr.h"
29#include "insn-config.h"
30#include "recog.h"
31#include "output.h"
bbf6f052
RK
32#include "typeclass.h"
33
34#define CEIL(x,y) (((x) + (y) - 1) / (y))
35
36/* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed
bbc8a071
RK
37 from first to last or from last to first.
38
39 They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but
40 only if we have push insns. */
bbf6f052 41
bbf6f052 42#ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
bbc8a071 43
3319a347 44#if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD)
bbf6f052
RK
45#define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first */
46#endif
bbc8a071 47
bbf6f052
RK
48#endif
49
50#ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE
51#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
52#define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC
53#else
54#define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC
55#endif
56#endif
57
58/* Like STACK_BOUNDARY but in units of bytes, not bits. */
59#define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
60
61/* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE
62 around volatile memory references, and we are willing to
63 output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject
64 indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated;
65 if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce
66 the same indirect address eventually. */
67int cse_not_expected;
68
69/* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an
70 expression before generating the upper levels of the expression.
71 Nowadays this is never zero. */
72int do_preexpand_calls = 1;
73
74/* Number of units that we should eventually pop off the stack.
75 These are the arguments to function calls that have already returned. */
76int pending_stack_adjust;
77
78/* Nonzero means stack pops must not be deferred, and deferred stack
79 pops must not be output. It is nonzero inside a function call,
80 inside a conditional expression, inside a statement expression,
81 and in other cases as well. */
82int inhibit_defer_pop;
83
84/* A list of all cleanups which belong to the arguments of
85 function calls being expanded by expand_call. */
86tree cleanups_this_call;
87
88/* Nonzero means __builtin_saveregs has already been done in this function.
89 The value is the pseudoreg containing the value __builtin_saveregs
90 returned. */
91static rtx saveregs_value;
92
dcf76fff
TW
93/* Similarly for __builtin_apply_args. */
94static rtx apply_args_value;
95
4969d05d
RK
96/* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to
97 be performed. */
98
99struct move_by_pieces
100{
101 rtx to;
102 rtx to_addr;
103 int autinc_to;
104 int explicit_inc_to;
105 rtx from;
106 rtx from_addr;
107 int autinc_from;
108 int explicit_inc_from;
109 int len;
110 int offset;
111 int reverse;
112};
113
114static rtx enqueue_insn PROTO((rtx, rtx));
115static int queued_subexp_p PROTO((rtx));
116static void init_queue PROTO((void));
117static void move_by_pieces PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, int));
118static int move_by_pieces_ninsns PROTO((unsigned int, int));
119static void move_by_pieces_1 PROTO((rtx (*) (), enum machine_mode,
120 struct move_by_pieces *));
121static void group_insns PROTO((rtx));
122static void store_constructor PROTO((tree, rtx));
123static rtx store_field PROTO((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, tree,
124 enum machine_mode, int, int, int));
125static tree save_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree));
126static tree init_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree));
127static int safe_from_p PROTO((rtx, tree));
128static int fixed_type_p PROTO((tree));
129static int get_pointer_alignment PROTO((tree, unsigned));
130static tree string_constant PROTO((tree, tree *));
131static tree c_strlen PROTO((tree));
132static rtx expand_builtin PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode, int));
0006469d
TW
133static int apply_args_size PROTO((void));
134static int apply_result_size PROTO((void));
135static rtx result_vector PROTO((int, rtx));
136static rtx expand_builtin_apply_args PROTO((void));
137static rtx expand_builtin_apply PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx));
138static void expand_builtin_return PROTO((rtx));
4969d05d
RK
139static rtx expand_increment PROTO((tree, int));
140static void preexpand_calls PROTO((tree));
141static void do_jump_by_parts_greater PROTO((tree, int, rtx, rtx));
f81497d9 142static void do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx PROTO((enum machine_mode, int, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx));
4969d05d
RK
143static void do_jump_by_parts_equality PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx));
144static void do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx));
145static void do_jump_for_compare PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx));
146static rtx compare PROTO((tree, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code));
147static rtx do_store_flag PROTO((tree, rtx, enum machine_mode, int));
bbf6f052 148
4fa52007
RK
149/* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or
150 from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try
151 to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */
152
153static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
154static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
155
bbf6f052
RK
156/* MOVE_RATIO is the number of move instructions that is better than
157 a block move. */
158
159#ifndef MOVE_RATIO
266007a7 160#if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi) || defined (HAVE_movstrdi) || defined (HAVE_movstrti)
bbf6f052
RK
161#define MOVE_RATIO 2
162#else
163/* A value of around 6 would minimize code size; infinity would minimize
164 execution time. */
165#define MOVE_RATIO 15
166#endif
167#endif
e87b4f3f 168
266007a7 169/* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */
e6677db3 170enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
266007a7 171
e87b4f3f
RS
172/* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is non-zero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */
173
174#ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
175#define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS 0
176#endif
0006469d
TW
177
178/* Register mappings for target machines without register windows. */
179#ifndef INCOMING_REGNO
180#define INCOMING_REGNO(OUT) (OUT)
181#endif
182#ifndef OUTGOING_REGNO
183#define OUTGOING_REGNO(IN) (IN)
184#endif
bbf6f052 185\f
4fa52007 186/* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used
266007a7 187 directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */
4fa52007
RK
188
189void
190init_expr_once ()
191{
192 rtx insn, pat;
193 enum machine_mode mode;
e2549997
RS
194 /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr.
195 It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index.
196 With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */
4fa52007 197 rtx mem = gen_rtx (MEM, VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
e2549997 198 rtx mem1 = gen_rtx (MEM, VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx);
4fa52007
RK
199
200 start_sequence ();
201 insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx (SET, 0, 0));
202 pat = PATTERN (insn);
203
204 for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES;
205 mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1))
206 {
207 int regno;
208 rtx reg;
209 int num_clobbers;
210
211 direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0;
212 PUT_MODE (mem, mode);
e2549997 213 PUT_MODE (mem1, mode);
4fa52007 214
e6fe56a4
RK
215 /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and
216 directly loaded or stored from memory. */
217
7308a047
RS
218 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
219 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
220 && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0);
221 regno++)
222 {
223 if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode))
224 continue;
e6fe56a4 225
7308a047 226 reg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, regno);
e6fe56a4 227
7308a047
RS
228 SET_SRC (pat) = mem;
229 SET_DEST (pat) = reg;
230 if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0)
231 direct_load[(int) mode] = 1;
e6fe56a4 232
e2549997
RS
233 SET_SRC (pat) = mem1;
234 SET_DEST (pat) = reg;
235 if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0)
236 direct_load[(int) mode] = 1;
237
7308a047
RS
238 SET_SRC (pat) = reg;
239 SET_DEST (pat) = mem;
240 if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0)
241 direct_store[(int) mode] = 1;
e2549997
RS
242
243 SET_SRC (pat) = reg;
244 SET_DEST (pat) = mem1;
245 if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0)
246 direct_store[(int) mode] = 1;
7308a047 247 }
4fa52007
RK
248 }
249
250 end_sequence ();
251}
252
bbf6f052
RK
253/* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */
254
255void
256init_expr ()
257{
258 init_queue ();
259
260 pending_stack_adjust = 0;
261 inhibit_defer_pop = 0;
262 cleanups_this_call = 0;
263 saveregs_value = 0;
0006469d 264 apply_args_value = 0;
e87b4f3f 265 forced_labels = 0;
bbf6f052
RK
266}
267
268/* Save all variables describing the current status into the structure *P.
269 This is used before starting a nested function. */
270
271void
272save_expr_status (p)
273 struct function *p;
274{
275 /* Instead of saving the postincrement queue, empty it. */
276 emit_queue ();
277
278 p->pending_stack_adjust = pending_stack_adjust;
279 p->inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop;
280 p->cleanups_this_call = cleanups_this_call;
281 p->saveregs_value = saveregs_value;
0006469d 282 p->apply_args_value = apply_args_value;
e87b4f3f 283 p->forced_labels = forced_labels;
bbf6f052
RK
284
285 pending_stack_adjust = 0;
286 inhibit_defer_pop = 0;
287 cleanups_this_call = 0;
288 saveregs_value = 0;
0006469d 289 apply_args_value = 0;
e87b4f3f 290 forced_labels = 0;
bbf6f052
RK
291}
292
293/* Restore all variables describing the current status from the structure *P.
294 This is used after a nested function. */
295
296void
297restore_expr_status (p)
298 struct function *p;
299{
300 pending_stack_adjust = p->pending_stack_adjust;
301 inhibit_defer_pop = p->inhibit_defer_pop;
302 cleanups_this_call = p->cleanups_this_call;
303 saveregs_value = p->saveregs_value;
0006469d 304 apply_args_value = p->apply_args_value;
e87b4f3f 305 forced_labels = p->forced_labels;
bbf6f052
RK
306}
307\f
308/* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output
309 for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */
310
311static rtx pending_chain;
312
313/* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how:
314 BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn
315 to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on.
316
317 The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR
318 where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */
319
320static rtx
321enqueue_insn (var, body)
322 rtx var, body;
323{
324 pending_chain = gen_rtx (QUEUED, GET_MODE (var),
906c4e36 325 var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, body, pending_chain);
bbf6f052
RK
326 return pending_chain;
327}
328
329/* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression
330 into something that you can put immediately into an instruction.
331 If the queued incrementation has not happened yet,
332 protect_from_queue returns the variable itself.
333 If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp
334 that contains a copy of the old value of the variable.
335
336 Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put
337 into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first.
338 QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions.
339
340 Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold
341 on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction!
342 If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */
343
344rtx
345protect_from_queue (x, modify)
346 register rtx x;
347 int modify;
348{
349 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
350
351#if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */
352 /* Shortcut for most common case. */
353 if (pending_chain == 0)
354 return x;
355#endif
356
357 if (code != QUEUED)
358 {
359 /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...))
360 to facilitate use of autoincrement.
361 Make a copy of the contents of the memory location
362 rather than a copy of the address, but not
363 if the value is of mode BLKmode. */
364 if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode
365 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify)
366 {
367 register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0);
368 XEXP (x, 0) = QUEUED_VAR (y);
369 if (QUEUED_INSN (y))
370 {
371 register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
372 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, x),
373 QUEUED_INSN (y));
374 return temp;
375 }
376 return x;
377 }
378 /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all
379 the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */
380 if (code == MEM)
381 XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
382 else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT)
383 {
384 XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
385 XEXP (x, 1) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0);
386 }
387 return x;
388 }
389 /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. */
390 if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0)
391 return QUEUED_VAR (x);
392 /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists,
393 use that copy. */
394 if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0)
395 return QUEUED_COPY (x);
396 /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy.
397 Set one up now, and use it. */
398 QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x)));
399 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)),
400 QUEUED_INSN (x));
401 return QUEUED_COPY (x);
402}
403
404/* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression:
405 if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment.
406 We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators
407 since memory addresses generally contain only those. */
408
409static int
410queued_subexp_p (x)
411 rtx x;
412{
413 register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
414 switch (code)
415 {
416 case QUEUED:
417 return 1;
418 case MEM:
419 return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0));
420 case MULT:
421 case PLUS:
422 case MINUS:
423 return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0))
424 || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1));
425 }
426 return 0;
427}
428
429/* Perform all the pending incrementations. */
430
431void
432emit_queue ()
433{
434 register rtx p;
435 while (p = pending_chain)
436 {
437 QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p));
438 pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p);
439 }
440}
441
442static void
443init_queue ()
444{
445 if (pending_chain)
446 abort ();
447}
448\f
449/* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same.
450 Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating.
451 UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type.
452 This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */
453
454void
455convert_move (to, from, unsignedp)
456 register rtx to, from;
457 int unsignedp;
458{
459 enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to);
460 enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from);
461 int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT;
462 int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT;
463 enum insn_code code;
464 rtx libcall;
465
466 /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */
467 enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND);
468
469 to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
470 from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
471
472 if (to_real != from_real)
473 abort ();
474
1499e0a8
RK
475 /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least
476 the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as
477 TO here. */
478
479 if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from)
480 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from)))
481 >= GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode))
482 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp)
483 from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode;
484
485 if (GET_CODE (to) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to))
486 abort ();
487
bbf6f052
RK
488 if (to_mode == from_mode
489 || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from)))
490 {
491 emit_move_insn (to, from);
492 return;
493 }
494
495 if (to_real)
496 {
b424402e
RS
497#ifdef HAVE_extendqfhf2
498 if (HAVE_extendqfsf2 && from_mode == QFmode && to_mode == HFmode)
499 {
500 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
501 return;
502 }
503#endif
504#ifdef HAVE_extendqfsf2
505 if (HAVE_extendqfsf2 && from_mode == QFmode && to_mode == SFmode)
506 {
507 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
508 return;
509 }
510#endif
511#ifdef HAVE_extendqfdf2
512 if (HAVE_extendqfdf2 && from_mode == QFmode && to_mode == DFmode)
513 {
514 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
515 return;
516 }
517#endif
518#ifdef HAVE_extendqfxf2
519 if (HAVE_extendqfxf2 && from_mode == QFmode && to_mode == XFmode)
520 {
521 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqfxf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
522 return;
523 }
524#endif
525#ifdef HAVE_extendqftf2
526 if (HAVE_extendqftf2 && from_mode == QFmode && to_mode == TFmode)
527 {
528 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqftf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
529 return;
530 }
531#endif
532
533#ifdef HAVE_extendhfsf2
534 if (HAVE_extendhfsf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == SFmode)
535 {
536 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
537 return;
538 }
539#endif
540#ifdef HAVE_extendhfdf2
541 if (HAVE_extendhfdf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == DFmode)
542 {
543 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
544 return;
545 }
546#endif
547#ifdef HAVE_extendhfxf2
548 if (HAVE_extendhfxf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == XFmode)
549 {
550 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhfxf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
551 return;
552 }
553#endif
554#ifdef HAVE_extendhftf2
555 if (HAVE_extendhftf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == TFmode)
556 {
557 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhftf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
558 return;
559 }
560#endif
561
bbf6f052
RK
562#ifdef HAVE_extendsfdf2
563 if (HAVE_extendsfdf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == DFmode)
564 {
565 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
566 return;
567 }
568#endif
b092b471
JW
569#ifdef HAVE_extendsfxf2
570 if (HAVE_extendsfxf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == XFmode)
571 {
572 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsfxf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
573 return;
574 }
575#endif
bbf6f052
RK
576#ifdef HAVE_extendsftf2
577 if (HAVE_extendsftf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == TFmode)
578 {
579 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsftf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
580 return;
581 }
582#endif
b092b471
JW
583#ifdef HAVE_extenddfxf2
584 if (HAVE_extenddfxf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == XFmode)
585 {
586 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extenddfxf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
587 return;
588 }
589#endif
bbf6f052
RK
590#ifdef HAVE_extenddftf2
591 if (HAVE_extenddftf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == TFmode)
592 {
593 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extenddftf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
594 return;
595 }
596#endif
b424402e
RS
597
598#ifdef HAVE_trunchfqf2
599 if (HAVE_trunchfqf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == QFmode)
600 {
601 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
602 return;
603 }
604#endif
605#ifdef HAVE_truncsfqf2
606 if (HAVE_truncsfqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == QFmode)
607 {
608 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
609 return;
610 }
611#endif
612#ifdef HAVE_truncdfqf2
613 if (HAVE_truncdfqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == QFmode)
614 {
615 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
616 return;
617 }
618#endif
619#ifdef HAVE_truncxfqf2
620 if (HAVE_truncxfqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == QFmode)
621 {
622 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
623 return;
624 }
625#endif
626#ifdef HAVE_trunctfqf2
627 if (HAVE_trunctfqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == QFmode)
628 {
629 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
630 return;
631 }
632#endif
633#ifdef HAVE_truncsfhf2
634 if (HAVE_truncsfhf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == HFmode)
635 {
636 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
637 return;
638 }
639#endif
640#ifdef HAVE_truncdfhf2
641 if (HAVE_truncdfhf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == HFmode)
642 {
643 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
644 return;
645 }
646#endif
647#ifdef HAVE_truncxfhf2
648 if (HAVE_truncxfhf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == HFmode)
649 {
650 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
651 return;
652 }
653#endif
654#ifdef HAVE_trunctfhf2
655 if (HAVE_trunctfhf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == HFmode)
656 {
657 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
658 return;
659 }
660#endif
bbf6f052
RK
661#ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2
662 if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == SFmode)
663 {
664 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
665 return;
666 }
667#endif
b092b471
JW
668#ifdef HAVE_truncxfsf2
669 if (HAVE_truncxfsf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == SFmode)
670 {
671 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
672 return;
673 }
674#endif
bbf6f052
RK
675#ifdef HAVE_trunctfsf2
676 if (HAVE_trunctfsf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == SFmode)
677 {
678 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
679 return;
680 }
681#endif
b092b471
JW
682#ifdef HAVE_truncxfdf2
683 if (HAVE_truncxfdf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == DFmode)
684 {
685 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
686 return;
687 }
688#endif
bbf6f052
RK
689#ifdef HAVE_trunctfdf2
690 if (HAVE_trunctfdf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == DFmode)
691 {
692 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
693 return;
694 }
695#endif
696
b092b471
JW
697 libcall = (rtx) 0;
698 switch (from_mode)
699 {
700 case SFmode:
701 switch (to_mode)
702 {
703 case DFmode:
704 libcall = extendsfdf2_libfunc;
705 break;
706
707 case XFmode:
708 libcall = extendsfxf2_libfunc;
709 break;
710
711 case TFmode:
712 libcall = extendsftf2_libfunc;
713 break;
714 }
715 break;
716
717 case DFmode:
718 switch (to_mode)
719 {
720 case SFmode:
721 libcall = truncdfsf2_libfunc;
722 break;
723
724 case XFmode:
725 libcall = extenddfxf2_libfunc;
726 break;
727
728 case TFmode:
729 libcall = extenddftf2_libfunc;
730 break;
731 }
732 break;
733
734 case XFmode:
735 switch (to_mode)
736 {
737 case SFmode:
738 libcall = truncxfsf2_libfunc;
739 break;
740
741 case DFmode:
742 libcall = truncxfdf2_libfunc;
743 break;
744 }
745 break;
746
747 case TFmode:
748 switch (to_mode)
749 {
750 case SFmode:
751 libcall = trunctfsf2_libfunc;
752 break;
753
754 case DFmode:
755 libcall = trunctfdf2_libfunc;
756 break;
757 }
758 break;
759 }
760
761 if (libcall == (rtx) 0)
762 /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */
bbf6f052
RK
763 abort ();
764
e87b4f3f 765 emit_library_call (libcall, 1, to_mode, 1, from, from_mode);
bbf6f052
RK
766 emit_move_insn (to, hard_libcall_value (to_mode));
767 return;
768 }
769
770 /* Now both modes are integers. */
771
772 /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */
773 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)
774 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD)
775 {
776 rtx insns;
777 rtx lowpart;
778 rtx fill_value;
779 rtx lowfrom;
780 int i;
781 enum machine_mode lowpart_mode;
782 int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD);
783
784 /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */
785 if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp))
786 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
787 {
cd1b4b44
RK
788 /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this
789 so that we always generate the same set of insns for
790 better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred,
791 we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */
792 if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)
793 from = force_reg (from_mode, from);
bbf6f052
RK
794 emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code);
795 return;
796 }
797 /* Next, try converting via full word. */
798 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD
799 && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp))
800 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
801 {
802 convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp);
803 emit_unop_insn (code, to,
804 gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code);
805 return;
806 }
807
808 /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */
809 start_sequence ();
810
811 /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */
812 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD)
813 lowpart_mode = word_mode;
814 else
815 lowpart_mode = from_mode;
816
817 lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp);
818
819 lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to);
820 emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom);
821
822 /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */
823 if (unsignedp)
824 fill_value = const0_rtx;
825 else
826 {
827#ifdef HAVE_slt
828 if (HAVE_slt
829 && insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0] == word_mode
830 && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
831 {
906c4e36
RK
832 emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX,
833 lowpart_mode, 0, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
834 fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
835 emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value));
836 }
837 else
838#endif
839 {
840 fill_value
841 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom,
842 size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1),
906c4e36 843 NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
844 fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1);
845 }
846 }
847
848 /* Fill the remaining words. */
849 for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++)
850 {
851 int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i);
852 rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode);
853
854 if (subword == 0)
855 abort ();
856
857 if (fill_value != subword)
858 emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value);
859 }
860
861 insns = get_insns ();
862 end_sequence ();
863
906c4e36 864 emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX,
2abec1b7 865 gen_rtx (equiv_code, to_mode, copy_rtx (from)));
bbf6f052
RK
866 return;
867 }
868
d3c64ee3
RS
869 /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */
870 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD
871 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD)
bbf6f052
RK
872 {
873 convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0);
874 return;
875 }
876
877 /* Handle pointer conversion */ /* SPEE 900220 */
878 if (to_mode == PSImode)
879 {
880 if (from_mode != SImode)
881 from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp);
882
883#ifdef HAVE_truncsipsi
884 if (HAVE_truncsipsi)
885 {
886 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsipsi, to, from, UNKNOWN);
887 return;
888 }
889#endif /* HAVE_truncsipsi */
890 abort ();
891 }
892
893 if (from_mode == PSImode)
894 {
895 if (to_mode != SImode)
896 {
897 from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp);
898 from_mode = SImode;
899 }
900 else
901 {
902#ifdef HAVE_extendpsisi
903 if (HAVE_extendpsisi)
904 {
905 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpsisi, to, from, UNKNOWN);
906 return;
907 }
908#endif /* HAVE_extendpsisi */
909 abort ();
910 }
911 }
912
913 /* Now follow all the conversions between integers
914 no more than a word long. */
915
916 /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */
917 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)
918 && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode),
d3c64ee3 919 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)))
bbf6f052 920 {
d3c64ee3
RS
921 if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM
922 && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from)
923 && direct_load[(int) to_mode]
924 && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0)))
925 || GET_CODE (from) == REG
926 || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG))
927 from = force_reg (from_mode, from);
bbf6f052
RK
928 emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from));
929 return;
930 }
931
d3c64ee3 932 /* Handle extension. */
bbf6f052
RK
933 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))
934 {
935 /* Convert directly if that works. */
936 if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp))
937 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
938 {
3dc4195c
RK
939 /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this
940 so that we always generate the same set of insns for
941 better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred,
942 we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */
943 if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)
944 from = force_reg (from_mode, from);
bbf6f052
RK
945 emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code);
946 return;
947 }
948 else
949 {
950 enum machine_mode intermediate;
951
952 /* Search for a mode to convert via. */
953 for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode;
954 intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate))
955 if ((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp)
956 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
957 && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp)
958 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
959 {
960 convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from,
961 unsignedp), unsignedp);
962 return;
963 }
964
965 /* No suitable intermediate mode. */
966 abort ();
967 }
968 }
969
970 /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */
971
972 if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == SImode)
973 {
974#ifdef HAVE_truncdisi2
975 if (HAVE_truncdisi2)
976 {
977 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
978 return;
979 }
980#endif
981 convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp);
982 return;
983 }
984
985 if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == HImode)
986 {
987#ifdef HAVE_truncdihi2
988 if (HAVE_truncdihi2)
989 {
990 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
991 return;
992 }
993#endif
994 convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp);
995 return;
996 }
997
998 if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == QImode)
999 {
1000#ifdef HAVE_truncdiqi2
1001 if (HAVE_truncdiqi2)
1002 {
1003 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1004 return;
1005 }
1006#endif
1007 convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp);
1008 return;
1009 }
1010
1011 if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode)
1012 {
1013#ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2
1014 if (HAVE_truncsihi2)
1015 {
1016 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1017 return;
1018 }
1019#endif
1020 convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp);
1021 return;
1022 }
1023
1024 if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode)
1025 {
1026#ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2
1027 if (HAVE_truncsiqi2)
1028 {
1029 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1030 return;
1031 }
1032#endif
1033 convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp);
1034 return;
1035 }
1036
1037 if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode)
1038 {
1039#ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2
1040 if (HAVE_trunchiqi2)
1041 {
1042 emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1043 return;
1044 }
1045#endif
1046 convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp);
1047 return;
1048 }
1049
1050 /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on;
1051 the things that couldn't be truncated directly,
1052 and for which there was no special instruction. */
1053 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))
1054 {
1055 rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from));
1056 emit_move_insn (to, temp);
1057 return;
1058 }
1059
1060 /* Mode combination is not recognized. */
1061 abort ();
1062}
1063
1064/* Return an rtx for a value that would result
1065 from converting X to mode MODE.
1066 Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer.
1067 UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value.
1068 This can be done by referring to a part of X in place
5d901c31
RS
1069 or by copying to a new temporary with conversion.
1070
1071 This function *must not* call protect_from_queue
1072 except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */
bbf6f052
RK
1073
1074rtx
1075convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp)
1076 enum machine_mode mode;
1077 rtx x;
1078 int unsignedp;
1079{
1080 register rtx temp;
1499e0a8
RK
1081
1082 /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least
1083 the required extension, strip it. */
1084
1085 if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x)
1086 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
1087 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp)
1088 x = gen_lowpart (mode, x);
bbf6f052 1089
bbf6f052
RK
1090 if (mode == GET_MODE (x))
1091 return x;
1092
1093 /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting
906c4e36 1094 a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and
bbf6f052
RK
1095 we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do
1096 the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is
1097 make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */
1098
1099 if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
906c4e36 1100 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
bbf6f052 1101 && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0)
906c4e36 1102 return immed_double_const (INTVAL (x), (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode);
bbf6f052
RK
1103
1104 /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes
1105 are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a
1106 non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case, we must be narrowing
1107 the operand. */
1108
1109 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
1110 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
1111 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT
1112 && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
1113 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
d57c66da
JW
1114 && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x)
1115 && direct_load[(int) mode])
bbf6f052
RK
1116 || GET_CODE (x) == REG)))))
1117 return gen_lowpart (mode, x);
1118
1119 temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1120 convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp);
1121 return temp;
1122}
1123\f
1124/* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes
1125 from block FROM to block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode).
1126 The caller must pass FROM and TO
1127 through protect_from_queue before calling.
1128 ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */
1129
bbf6f052
RK
1130static void
1131move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align)
1132 rtx to, from;
1133 int len, align;
1134{
1135 struct move_by_pieces data;
1136 rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0);
e87b4f3f 1137 int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1;
bbf6f052
RK
1138
1139 data.offset = 0;
1140 data.to_addr = to_addr;
1141 data.from_addr = from_addr;
1142 data.to = to;
1143 data.from = from;
1144 data.autinc_to
1145 = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC
1146 || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC);
1147 data.autinc_from
1148 = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC
1149 || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC
1150 || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC);
1151
1152 data.explicit_inc_from = 0;
1153 data.explicit_inc_to = 0;
1154 data.reverse
1155 = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC);
1156 if (data.reverse) data.offset = len;
1157 data.len = len;
1158
1159 /* If copying requires more than two move insns,
1160 copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter)
1161 and use post-increment if available. */
1162 if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to)
1163 && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2)
1164 {
1165#ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
1166 if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from)
1167 {
1168 data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len));
1169 data.autinc_from = 1;
1170 data.explicit_inc_from = -1;
1171 }
1172#endif
1173#ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
1174 if (! data.autinc_from)
1175 {
1176 data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr);
1177 data.autinc_from = 1;
1178 data.explicit_inc_from = 1;
1179 }
1180#endif
1181 if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr))
1182 data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr);
1183#ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
1184 if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to)
1185 {
1186 data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len));
1187 data.autinc_to = 1;
1188 data.explicit_inc_to = -1;
1189 }
1190#endif
1191#ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
1192 if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to)
1193 {
1194 data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr);
1195 data.autinc_to = 1;
1196 data.explicit_inc_to = 1;
1197 }
1198#endif
1199 if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr))
1200 data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr);
1201 }
1202
e87b4f3f
RS
1203 if (! (STRICT_ALIGNMENT || SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS)
1204 || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
bbf6f052 1205 align = MOVE_MAX;
bbf6f052
RK
1206
1207 /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to
1208 successively smaller modes. */
1209
1210 while (max_size > 1)
1211 {
1212 enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode;
1213 enum insn_code icode;
1214
e7c33f54
RK
1215 for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
1216 tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode))
1217 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size)
bbf6f052
RK
1218 mode = tmode;
1219
1220 if (mode == VOIDmode)
1221 break;
1222
1223 icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
1224 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
1225 && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT,
1226 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)))
1227 move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data);
1228
1229 max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
1230 }
1231
1232 /* The code above should have handled everything. */
1233 if (data.len != 0)
1234 abort ();
1235}
1236
1237/* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces.
1238 ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */
1239
1240static int
1241move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align)
1242 unsigned int l;
1243 int align;
1244{
1245 register int n_insns = 0;
e87b4f3f 1246 int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1;
bbf6f052 1247
e87b4f3f
RS
1248 if (! (STRICT_ALIGNMENT || SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS)
1249 || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
bbf6f052 1250 align = MOVE_MAX;
bbf6f052
RK
1251
1252 while (max_size > 1)
1253 {
1254 enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode;
1255 enum insn_code icode;
1256
e7c33f54
RK
1257 for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
1258 tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode))
1259 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size)
bbf6f052
RK
1260 mode = tmode;
1261
1262 if (mode == VOIDmode)
1263 break;
1264
1265 icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
1266 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
1267 && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT,
1268 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)))
1269 n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
1270
1271 max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
1272 }
1273
1274 return n_insns;
1275}
1276
1277/* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate
1278 with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function
1279 to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */
1280
1281static void
1282move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data)
1283 rtx (*genfun) ();
1284 enum machine_mode mode;
1285 struct move_by_pieces *data;
1286{
1287 register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
1288 register rtx to1, from1;
1289
1290 while (data->len >= size)
1291 {
1292 if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size;
1293
1294 to1 = (data->autinc_to
1295 ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->to_addr)
1296 : change_address (data->to, mode,
1297 plus_constant (data->to_addr, data->offset)));
1298 from1 =
1299 (data->autinc_from
1300 ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->from_addr)
1301 : change_address (data->from, mode,
1302 plus_constant (data->from_addr, data->offset)));
1303
1304#ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
1305 if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0)
906c4e36 1306 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size)));
bbf6f052 1307 if (data->explicit_inc_from < 0)
906c4e36 1308 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (-size)));
bbf6f052
RK
1309#endif
1310
1311 emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1));
1312#ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
1313 if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0)
906c4e36 1314 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size)));
bbf6f052 1315 if (data->explicit_inc_from > 0)
906c4e36 1316 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size)));
bbf6f052
RK
1317#endif
1318
1319 if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size;
1320
1321 data->len -= size;
1322 }
1323}
1324\f
1325/* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X.
1326 This may be done with string-move instructions,
1327 with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call.
1328
1329 Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE)
1330 with mode BLKmode.
1331 SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are.
1332 ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have,
1333 measured in bytes. */
1334
1335void
1336emit_block_move (x, y, size, align)
1337 rtx x, y;
1338 rtx size;
1339 int align;
1340{
1341 if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode)
1342 abort ();
1343
1344 if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode)
1345 abort ();
1346
1347 x = protect_from_queue (x, 1);
1348 y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
5d901c31 1349 size = protect_from_queue (size, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
1350
1351 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
1352 abort ();
1353 if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM)
1354 abort ();
1355 if (size == 0)
1356 abort ();
1357
1358 if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
906c4e36 1359 && (move_by_pieces_ninsns (INTVAL (size), align) < MOVE_RATIO))
bbf6f052
RK
1360 move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align);
1361 else
1362 {
1363 /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point
1364 including more than one in the machine description unless
1365 the more limited one has some advantage. */
266007a7 1366
0bba3f6f 1367 rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align);
266007a7
RK
1368 enum machine_mode mode;
1369
1370 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
1371 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
bbf6f052 1372 {
266007a7 1373 enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode];
266007a7
RK
1374
1375 if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing
803090c4
RK
1376 /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT
1377 here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is
8008b228 1378 returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the
803090c4 1379 actual mode mask. */
f85b95d1 1380 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) <= GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
0bba3f6f
RK
1381 && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0
1382 || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (x, BLKmode))
1383 && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] == 0
1384 || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (y, BLKmode))
1385 && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3] == 0
1386 || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3]) (opalign,
1387 VOIDmode)))
bbf6f052 1388 {
1ba1e2a8 1389 rtx op2;
266007a7
RK
1390 rtx last = get_last_insn ();
1391 rtx pat;
1392
1ba1e2a8 1393 op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1);
0bba3f6f
RK
1394 if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] != 0
1395 && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (op2, mode))
266007a7
RK
1396 op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2);
1397
1398 pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign);
1399 if (pat)
1400 {
1401 emit_insn (pat);
1402 return;
1403 }
1404 else
1405 delete_insns_since (last);
bbf6f052
RK
1406 }
1407 }
bbf6f052
RK
1408
1409#ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
d562e42e 1410 emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052
RK
1411 VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (x, 0), Pmode,
1412 XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
0fa83258
RK
1413 convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size,
1414 TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
1415 TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
bbf6f052 1416#else
d562e42e 1417 emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052
RK
1418 VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
1419 XEXP (x, 0), Pmode,
0fa83258
RK
1420 convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size,
1421 TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
1422 TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
bbf6f052
RK
1423#endif
1424 }
1425}
1426\f
1427/* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO.
1428 The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */
1429
1430void
1431move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs, mode)
1432 int regno;
1433 rtx x;
1434 int nregs;
1435 enum machine_mode mode;
1436{
1437 int i;
1438 rtx pat, last;
1439
1440 if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x))
1441 x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x));
1442
1443 /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */
1444#ifdef HAVE_load_multiple
1445 last = get_last_insn ();
1446 pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno), x,
906c4e36 1447 GEN_INT (nregs));
bbf6f052
RK
1448 if (pat)
1449 {
1450 emit_insn (pat);
1451 return;
1452 }
1453 else
1454 delete_insns_since (last);
1455#endif
1456
1457 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
1458 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno + i),
1459 operand_subword_force (x, i, mode));
1460}
1461
1462/* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO.
1463 The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */
1464
1465void
1466move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs)
1467 int regno;
1468 rtx x;
1469 int nregs;
1470{
1471 int i;
1472 rtx pat, last;
1473
1474 /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */
1475#ifdef HAVE_store_multiple
1476 last = get_last_insn ();
1477 pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno),
906c4e36 1478 GEN_INT (nregs));
bbf6f052
RK
1479 if (pat)
1480 {
1481 emit_insn (pat);
1482 return;
1483 }
1484 else
1485 delete_insns_since (last);
1486#endif
1487
1488 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
1489 {
1490 rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode);
1491
1492 if (tem == 0)
1493 abort ();
1494
1495 emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno + i));
1496 }
1497}
1498
1499/* Mark NREGS consecutive regs, starting at REGNO, as being live now. */
1500
1501void
1502use_regs (regno, nregs)
1503 int regno;
1504 int nregs;
1505{
1506 int i;
1507
1508 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
1509 emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno + i)));
1510}
7308a047
RS
1511
1512/* Mark the instructions since PREV as a libcall block.
1513 Add REG_LIBCALL to PREV and add a REG_RETVAL to the most recent insn. */
1514
f76a70d5 1515static void
7308a047
RS
1516group_insns (prev)
1517 rtx prev;
1518{
1519 rtx insn_first;
1520 rtx insn_last;
1521
1522 /* Find the instructions to mark */
1523 if (prev)
1524 insn_first = NEXT_INSN (prev);
1525 else
1526 insn_first = get_insns ();
1527
1528 insn_last = get_last_insn ();
1529
1530 REG_NOTES (insn_last) = gen_rtx (INSN_LIST, REG_RETVAL, insn_first,
1531 REG_NOTES (insn_last));
1532
1533 REG_NOTES (insn_first) = gen_rtx (INSN_LIST, REG_LIBCALL, insn_last,
1534 REG_NOTES (insn_first));
1535}
bbf6f052
RK
1536\f
1537/* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT.
1538 If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes. */
1539
1540void
1541clear_storage (object, size)
1542 rtx object;
1543 int size;
1544{
1545 if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode)
1546 {
1547#ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
d562e42e 1548 emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052
RK
1549 VOIDmode, 3,
1550 XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, const0_rtx, Pmode,
906c4e36 1551 GEN_INT (size), Pmode);
bbf6f052 1552#else
d562e42e 1553 emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052
RK
1554 VOIDmode, 2,
1555 XEXP (object, 0), Pmode,
906c4e36 1556 GEN_INT (size), Pmode);
bbf6f052
RK
1557#endif
1558 }
1559 else
1560 emit_move_insn (object, const0_rtx);
1561}
1562
1563/* Generate code to copy Y into X.
1564 Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that
1565 Y can be a constant with VOIDmode.
1566 This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that.
1567
1568 Return the last instruction emitted. */
1569
1570rtx
1571emit_move_insn (x, y)
1572 rtx x, y;
1573{
1574 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
7308a047
RS
1575 enum machine_mode submode;
1576 enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
bbf6f052
RK
1577 int i;
1578
1579 x = protect_from_queue (x, 1);
1580 y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
1581
1582 if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode))
1583 abort ();
1584
1585 if (CONSTANT_P (y) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y))
1586 y = force_const_mem (mode, y);
1587
1588 /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid
1589 for the machine. */
1590 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM
1591 && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0))
1592 && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
1593 || (flag_force_addr
1594 && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0)))))
1595 x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0));
1596
1597 if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM
1598 && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0))
1599 || (flag_force_addr
1600 && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0)))))
1601 y = change_address (y, VOIDmode, XEXP (y, 0));
1602
1603 if (mode == BLKmode)
1604 abort ();
1605
261c4230
RS
1606 return emit_move_insn_1 (x, y);
1607}
1608
1609/* Low level part of emit_move_insn.
1610 Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y
1611 are basically valid. */
1612
1613rtx
1614emit_move_insn_1 (x, y)
1615 rtx x, y;
1616{
1617 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
1618 enum machine_mode submode;
1619 enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
1620 int i;
1621
7308a047
RS
1622 if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT)
1623 submode = mode_for_size (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) * BITS_PER_UNIT,
1624 (class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT
1625 ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT),
1626 0);
1627
bbf6f052
RK
1628 if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
1629 return
1630 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y));
1631
89742723 1632 /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part, if possible. */
7308a047
RS
1633 else if ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT)
1634 && submode != BLKmode
1635 && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code
1636 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
1637 {
1638 /* Don't split destination if it is a stack push. */
1639 int stack = push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x));
1640 rtx prev = get_last_insn ();
1641
1642 /* Tell flow that the whole of the destination is being set. */
1643 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
1644 emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, x));
1645
1646 /* If this is a stack, push the highpart first, so it
1647 will be in the argument order.
1648
1649 In that case, change_address is used only to convert
1650 the mode, not to change the address. */
1651 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code)
1652 ((stack ? change_address (x, submode, (rtx) 0)
1653 : gen_highpart (submode, x)),
1654 gen_highpart (submode, y)));
1655 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code)
1656 ((stack ? change_address (x, submode, (rtx) 0)
1657 : gen_lowpart (submode, x)),
1658 gen_lowpart (submode, y)));
1659
1660 group_insns (prev);
7a1ab50a
RS
1661
1662 return get_last_insn ();
7308a047
RS
1663 }
1664
bbf6f052
RK
1665 /* This will handle any multi-word mode that lacks a move_insn pattern.
1666 However, you will get better code if you define such patterns,
1667 even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */
a4320483 1668 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
bbf6f052
RK
1669 {
1670 rtx last_insn = 0;
7308a047 1671 rtx prev_insn = get_last_insn ();
bbf6f052
RK
1672
1673 for (i = 0;
1674 i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
1675 i++)
1676 {
1677 rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode);
1678 rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode);
1679
1680 /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a
1681 constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still
1682 can't get a part of Y, abort. */
1683 if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y))
1684 {
1685 y = force_const_mem (mode, y);
1686 ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode);
1687 }
1688 else if (ypart == 0)
1689 ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode);
1690
1691 if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0)
1692 abort ();
1693
1694 last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart);
1695 }
7308a047
RS
1696 /* Mark these insns as a libcall block. */
1697 group_insns (prev_insn);
1698
bbf6f052
RK
1699 return last_insn;
1700 }
1701 else
1702 abort ();
1703}
1704\f
1705/* Pushing data onto the stack. */
1706
1707/* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable)
1708 and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block.
1709 Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED.
1710 The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx.
1711
1712 EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE.
1713 BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses;
1714 otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */
1715
1716rtx
1717push_block (size, extra, below)
1718 rtx size;
1719 int extra, below;
1720{
1721 register rtx temp;
1722 if (CONSTANT_P (size))
1723 anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra));
1724 else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0)
1725 anti_adjust_stack (size);
1726 else
1727 {
1728 rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size);
1729 if (extra != 0)
906c4e36 1730 temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra),
bbf6f052
RK
1731 temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
1732 anti_adjust_stack (temp);
1733 }
1734
1735#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1736 temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx;
1737 if (extra != 0 && below)
1738 temp = plus_constant (temp, extra);
1739#else
1740 if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT)
1741 temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx,
1742 - INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra));
1743 else if (extra != 0 && !below)
1744 temp = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx,
1745 negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra)));
1746 else
1747 temp = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx,
1748 negate_rtx (Pmode, size));
1749#endif
1750
1751 return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp);
1752}
1753
87e38d84 1754rtx
bbf6f052
RK
1755gen_push_operand ()
1756{
1757 return gen_rtx (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
1758}
1759
1760/* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and
1761 type TYPE.
1762 MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't
1763 carry mode info).
1764 SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes),
1765 needed only if X is BLKmode.
1766
1767 ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume.
1768
cd048831
RK
1769 If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first
1770 words of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X.
bbf6f052
RK
1771 The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words,
1772 rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY.
1773 REG must be a hard register in this case.
cd048831
RK
1774 If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an
1775 argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any
1776 registers.
bbf6f052
RK
1777
1778 EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg.
6dc42e49 1779 This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated.
bbf6f052
RK
1780
1781 On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of
1782 the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there
1783 to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a
1784 argument block has not been preallocated.
1785
1786 ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. */
1787
1788void
1789emit_push_insn (x, mode, type, size, align, partial, reg, extra,
1790 args_addr, args_so_far)
1791 register rtx x;
1792 enum machine_mode mode;
1793 tree type;
1794 rtx size;
1795 int align;
1796 int partial;
1797 rtx reg;
1798 int extra;
1799 rtx args_addr;
1800 rtx args_so_far;
1801{
1802 rtx xinner;
1803 enum direction stack_direction
1804#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1805 = downward;
1806#else
1807 = upward;
1808#endif
1809
1810 /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below,
1811 `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it.
1812 Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */
1813 enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type);
1814
1815 /* Invert direction if stack is post-update. */
1816 if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC || STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC)
1817 if (where_pad != none)
1818 where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward);
1819
1820 xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
1821
1822 if (mode == BLKmode)
1823 {
1824 /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */
1825
1826 register rtx temp;
1827 int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD;
1828 int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1829 int skip;
1830
1831 if (size == 0)
1832 abort ();
1833
1834 used -= offset;
1835
1836 /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack
1837 because registers will take care of them. */
1838
1839 if (partial != 0)
1840 xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode,
1841 plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used));
1842
1843 /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size,
1844 skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers.
1845 Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space,
1846 by setting SKIP to 0. */
1847#ifndef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
1848 skip = 0;
1849#else
1850 skip = used;
1851#endif
1852
1853#ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
1854 /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns
1855 and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes
1856 on the stack for alignment purposes. */
1857 if (args_addr == 0
1858 && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
1859 && skip == 0
1860 && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)
1861 < MOVE_RATIO)
bbf6f052
RK
1862 /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment
1863 forces many pushes of a small amount of data,
1864 and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */
e87b4f3f
RS
1865 && ((! STRICT_ALIGNMENT && ! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS)
1866 || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT
bbf6f052 1867 || PUSH_ROUNDING (align) == align)
bbf6f052
RK
1868 && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size))
1869 {
1870 /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down,
1871 or if padding below and stack grows up.
1872 But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */
1873 if (extra && args_addr == 0
1874 && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction)
906c4e36 1875 anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra));
bbf6f052
RK
1876
1877 move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner,
1878 INTVAL (size) - used, align);
1879 }
1880 else
1881#endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */
1882 {
1883 /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data
1884 to the address of that space. */
1885
1886 /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */
1887 if (partial != 0)
1888 {
1889 if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT)
906c4e36 1890 size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used);
bbf6f052
RK
1891 else
1892 size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size,
906c4e36
RK
1893 GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0,
1894 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
bbf6f052
RK
1895 }
1896
1897 /* Get the address of the stack space.
1898 In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately.
1899 A single stack adjust will do. */
1900 if (! args_addr)
1901 {
1902 temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward);
1903 extra = 0;
1904 }
1905 else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT)
1906 temp = memory_address (BLKmode,
1907 plus_constant (args_addr,
1908 skip + INTVAL (args_so_far)));
1909 else
1910 temp = memory_address (BLKmode,
1911 plus_constant (gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
1912 args_addr, args_so_far),
1913 skip));
1914
1915 /* TEMP is the address of the block. Copy the data there. */
1916 if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
1917 && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align)
1918 < MOVE_RATIO))
1919 {
1920 move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), xinner,
1921 INTVAL (size), align);
1922 goto ret;
1923 }
1924 /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point
1925 including more than one in the machine description unless
1926 the more limited one has some advantage. */
1927#ifdef HAVE_movstrqi
1928 if (HAVE_movstrqi
1929 && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
1930 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
1931 < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode) - 1))))
1932 {
c841050e
RS
1933 rtx pat = gen_movstrqi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1934 xinner, size, GEN_INT (align));
1935 if (pat != 0)
1936 {
1937 emit_insn (pat);
1938 goto ret;
1939 }
bbf6f052
RK
1940 }
1941#endif
1942#ifdef HAVE_movstrhi
1943 if (HAVE_movstrhi
1944 && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
1945 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
1946 < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode) - 1))))
1947 {
c841050e
RS
1948 rtx pat = gen_movstrhi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1949 xinner, size, GEN_INT (align));
1950 if (pat != 0)
1951 {
1952 emit_insn (pat);
1953 goto ret;
1954 }
bbf6f052
RK
1955 }
1956#endif
1957#ifdef HAVE_movstrsi
1958 if (HAVE_movstrsi)
1959 {
c841050e
RS
1960 rtx pat = gen_movstrsi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1961 xinner, size, GEN_INT (align));
1962 if (pat != 0)
1963 {
1964 emit_insn (pat);
1965 goto ret;
1966 }
bbf6f052
RK
1967 }
1968#endif
1969#ifdef HAVE_movstrdi
1970 if (HAVE_movstrdi)
1971 {
c841050e
RS
1972 rtx pat = gen_movstrdi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1973 xinner, size, GEN_INT (align));
1974 if (pat != 0)
1975 {
1976 emit_insn (pat);
1977 goto ret;
1978 }
bbf6f052
RK
1979 }
1980#endif
1981
1982#ifndef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
1983 /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer,
1984 copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need
1985 to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */
1986
1987 if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp)
1988 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp))
1989 temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
1990#endif
1991
1992 /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call
1993 to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away. */
1994 NO_DEFER_POP;
1995#ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
d562e42e 1996 emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052 1997 VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode,
0fa83258
RK
1998 convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype),
1999 size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
26ba80fc 2000 TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
bbf6f052 2001#else
d562e42e 2002 emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052 2003 VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode,
0fa83258
RK
2004 convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype),
2005 size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
26ba80fc 2006 TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
bbf6f052
RK
2007#endif
2008 OK_DEFER_POP;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 else if (partial > 0)
2012 {
2013 /* Scalar partly in registers. */
2014
2015 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
2016 int i;
2017 int not_stack;
2018 /* # words of start of argument
2019 that we must make space for but need not store. */
2020 int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD);
2021 int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far);
2022 int skip;
2023
2024 /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down,
2025 or if padding below and stack grows up.
2026 But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */
2027 if (extra && args_addr == 0
2028 && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction)
906c4e36 2029 anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra));
bbf6f052
RK
2030
2031 /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push
2032 the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero
2033 and leave the space uninitialized. */
2034 if (args_addr == 0)
2035 offset = 0;
2036
2037 /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to
2038 allocate on the stack. */
2039 not_stack = partial - offset;
2040
2041 /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size,
2042 skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers.
2043 Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space,
2044 by setting SKIP to 0. */
2045#ifndef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
2046 skip = 0;
2047#else
2048 skip = not_stack;
2049#endif
2050
2051 if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x))
2052 x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x));
2053
2054 /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo;
2055 SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */
2056 if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2057 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT))
2058 x = copy_to_reg (x);
2059
2060 /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */
2061 /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word
2062 has a size a multiple of a word. */
2063#ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
2064 for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++)
2065#else
2066 for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--)
2067#endif
2068 if (i >= not_stack + offset)
2069 emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode),
906c4e36
RK
2070 word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX,
2071 0, args_addr,
2072 GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip)
bbf6f052
RK
2073 * UNITS_PER_WORD)));
2074 }
2075 else
2076 {
2077 rtx addr;
2078
2079 /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down,
2080 or if padding below and stack grows up.
2081 But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */
2082 if (extra && args_addr == 0
2083 && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction)
906c4e36 2084 anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra));
bbf6f052
RK
2085
2086#ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
2087 if (args_addr == 0)
2088 addr = gen_push_operand ();
2089 else
2090#endif
2091 if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT)
2092 addr
2093 = memory_address (mode,
2094 plus_constant (args_addr, INTVAL (args_so_far)));
2095 else
2096 addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, args_addr,
2097 args_so_far));
2098
2099 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, mode, addr), x);
2100 }
2101
2102 ret:
2103 /* If part should go in registers, copy that part
2104 into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end,
2105 since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */
cd048831 2106 if (partial > 0 && reg != 0)
bbf6f052
RK
2107 move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode);
2108
2109 if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction)
906c4e36 2110 anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra));
bbf6f052
RK
2111}
2112\f
bbf6f052
RK
2113/* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO.
2114 If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO.
2115 (This may contain a QUEUED rtx.)
2116 Otherwise, the returned value is not meaningful.
2117
2118 SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used.
2119 It used to mean, copy the value through a register
2120 and return that register, if that is possible.
2121 But now we do this if WANT_VALUE.
2122
2123 If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant. */
2124
2125rtx
2126expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg)
2127 tree to, from;
2128 int want_value;
2129 int suggest_reg;
2130{
2131 register rtx to_rtx = 0;
2132 rtx result;
2133
2134 /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */
2135
2136 if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK)
906c4e36 2137 return expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
2138
2139 /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment
2140 if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM.
2141 Assignment of an array element at a constant index
2142 has the same problem. */
2143
2144 if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF
2145 || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF
2146 || (TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF
2147 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
2148 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (to))) == INTEGER_CST))
2149 {
2150 enum machine_mode mode1;
2151 int bitsize;
2152 int bitpos;
7bb0943f 2153 tree offset;
bbf6f052
RK
2154 int unsignedp;
2155 int volatilep = 0;
7bb0943f 2156 tree tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
bbf6f052
RK
2157 &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep);
2158
2159 /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field,
2160 make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */
2161
2162 if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value)
2163 tem = stabilize_reference (tem);
2164
906c4e36 2165 to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
7bb0943f
RS
2166 if (offset != 0)
2167 {
906c4e36 2168 rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
7bb0943f
RS
2169
2170 if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM)
2171 abort ();
2172 to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode,
2173 gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0),
2174 force_reg (Pmode, offset_rtx)));
2175 }
bbf6f052
RK
2176 if (volatilep)
2177 {
2178 if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM)
2179 MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1;
2180#if 0 /* This was turned off because, when a field is volatile
2181 in an object which is not volatile, the object may be in a register,
2182 and then we would abort over here. */
2183 else
2184 abort ();
2185#endif
2186 }
2187
2188 result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from,
2189 (want_value
2190 /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy. */
2191 ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to))
2192 : VOIDmode),
2193 unsignedp,
2194 /* Required alignment of containing datum. */
2195 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
2196 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
2197 preserve_temp_slots (result);
2198 free_temp_slots ();
2199
4be204f0
RK
2200 /* If we aren't returning a result, just pass on what expand_expr
2201 returned; it was probably const0_rtx. Otherwise, convert RESULT
2202 to the proper mode. */
2203 return (want_value ? convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)), result,
2204 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to)))
2205 : result);
bbf6f052
RK
2206 }
2207
cd1db108
RS
2208 /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate,
2209 call the function before we start to compute the lhs.
2210 This is needed for correct code for cases such as
2211 val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val
2212 requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. */
2213 if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from))
2214 {
2215 rtx value = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
2216 if (to_rtx == 0)
2217 to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
2218 emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value);
2219 preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx);
2220 free_temp_slots ();
2221 return to_rtx;
2222 }
2223
bbf6f052
RK
2224 /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx.
2225 Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */
2226
2227 if (to_rtx == 0)
906c4e36 2228 to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052 2229
86d38d25
RS
2230 /* Don't move directly into a return register. */
2231 if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == REG)
2232 {
66538193 2233 rtx temp = expand_expr (from, 0, GET_MODE (to_rtx), 0);
86d38d25
RS
2234 emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp);
2235 preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx);
2236 free_temp_slots ();
2237 return to_rtx;
2238 }
2239
bbf6f052
RK
2240 /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps
2241 the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying
2242 a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */
2243 if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF
2244 && current_function_returns_struct
2245 && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct)
2246 {
906c4e36 2247 rtx from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
2248 rtx size = expr_size (from);
2249
2250#ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
d562e42e 2251 emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052
RK
2252 VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode,
2253 XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode,
0fa83258
RK
2254 convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype),
2255 size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
26ba80fc 2256 TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
bbf6f052 2257#else
d562e42e 2258 emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0,
bbf6f052
RK
2259 VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode,
2260 XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode,
0fa83258
RK
2261 convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype),
2262 size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
26ba80fc 2263 TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
bbf6f052
RK
2264#endif
2265
2266 preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx);
2267 free_temp_slots ();
2268 return to_rtx;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */
2272
2273 result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value);
2274 preserve_temp_slots (result);
2275 free_temp_slots ();
2276 return result;
2277}
2278
2279/* Generate code for computing expression EXP,
2280 and storing the value into TARGET.
2281 Returns TARGET or an equivalent value.
2282 TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx.
2283
2284 If SUGGEST_REG is nonzero, copy the value through a register
2285 and return that register, if that is possible.
2286
2287 If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant. */
2288
2289rtx
2290store_expr (exp, target, suggest_reg)
2291 register tree exp;
2292 register rtx target;
2293 int suggest_reg;
2294{
2295 register rtx temp;
2296 int dont_return_target = 0;
2297
2298 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR)
2299 {
2300 /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second
2301 part. */
2302 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
2303 emit_queue ();
2304 return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, suggest_reg);
2305 }
2306 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode)
2307 {
2308 /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then
2309 test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either
2310 side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries.
2311 For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */
2312
2313 rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx ();
2314
2315 emit_queue ();
2316 target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
2317
2318 NO_DEFER_POP;
2319 jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1);
2320 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, suggest_reg);
2321 emit_queue ();
2322 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2));
2323 emit_barrier ();
2324 emit_label (lab1);
2325 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, suggest_reg);
2326 emit_queue ();
2327 emit_label (lab2);
2328 OK_DEFER_POP;
2329 return target;
2330 }
c2e6aff6 2331 else if (suggest_reg && GET_CODE (target) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)
bbf6f052
RK
2332 && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode)
2333 /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead,
2334 arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that,
2335 if EXP is another assignment, SUGGEST_REG will be nonzero for it.
c2e6aff6
RS
2336 We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case.
2337 Don't do this if TARGET is volatile because we are supposed
2338 to write it and then read it. */
bbf6f052 2339 {
906c4e36 2340 temp = expand_expr (exp, cse_not_expected ? NULL_RTX : target,
bbf6f052
RK
2341 GET_MODE (target), 0);
2342 if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
2343 temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
2344 dont_return_target = 1;
2345 }
2346 else if (queued_subexp_p (target))
2347 /* If target contains a postincrement, it is not safe
2348 to use as the returned value. It would access the wrong
2349 place by the time the queued increment gets output.
2350 So copy the value through a temporary and use that temp
2351 as the result. */
2352 {
c2e6aff6
RS
2353 /* ??? There may be a bug here in the case of a target
2354 that is volatile, but I' too sleepy today to write anything
2355 to handle it. */
bbf6f052
RK
2356 if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode)
2357 {
2358 /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */
2359 temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target));
2360 temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), 0);
2361 }
2362 else
906c4e36 2363 temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), 0);
bbf6f052
RK
2364 dont_return_target = 1;
2365 }
1499e0a8
RK
2366 else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target))
2367 /* If this is an scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode
2368 than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode
2369 and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed
2370 expression. */
2371 {
2372 temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
2373 convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp,
2374 SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target));
2375 return temp;
2376 }
bbf6f052
RK
2377 else
2378 {
2379 temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0);
2380 /* DO return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register.
c2e6aff6
RS
2381 expand_return relies on this.
2382 DO return TARGET if it's a volatile mem ref; ANSI requires this. */
bbf6f052
RK
2383 if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG
2384 && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
c2e6aff6
RS
2385 && CONSTANT_P (temp)
2386 && !(GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)))
bbf6f052
RK
2387 dont_return_target = 1;
2388 }
2389
2390 /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there.
2391 Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec. */
2392
2393 if (temp != target && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK)
2394 {
2395 target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
2396 if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target)
2397 && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
2398 {
2399 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
2400 if (dont_return_target)
2401 {
2402 /* In this case, we will return TEMP,
2403 so make sure it has the proper mode.
2404 But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */
2405 temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp);
2406 emit_move_insn (target, temp);
2407 }
2408 else
2409 convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp);
2410 }
2411
2412 else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
2413 {
2414 /* Handle copying a string constant into an array.
2415 The string constant may be shorter than the array.
2416 So copy just the string's actual length, and clear the rest. */
2417 rtx size;
2418
e87b4f3f
RS
2419 /* Get the size of the data type of the string,
2420 which is actually the size of the target. */
2421 size = expr_size (exp);
2422 if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
2423 && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp))
2424 emit_block_move (target, temp, size,
2425 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2426 else
bbf6f052 2427 {
e87b4f3f
RS
2428 /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */
2429 tree copy_size
c03b7665
RK
2430 = size_binop (MIN_EXPR,
2431 size_binop (CEIL_DIV_EXPR,
2432 TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
2433 size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)),
2434 convert (sizetype,
2435 build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), 0)));
906c4e36
RK
2436 rtx copy_size_rtx = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX,
2437 VOIDmode, 0);
e87b4f3f
RS
2438 rtx label = 0;
2439
2440 /* Copy that much. */
2441 emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx,
2442 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2443
2444 /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET
2445 that we have to clear. */
2446 if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT)
2447 {
2448 temp = plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0),
2449 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
2450 size = plus_constant (size,
2451 - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
2452 }
2453 else
2454 {
2455 enum machine_mode size_mode = Pmode;
2456
2457 temp = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0));
2458 temp = expand_binop (size_mode, add_optab, temp,
906c4e36
RK
2459 copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0,
2460 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
e87b4f3f
RS
2461
2462 size = expand_binop (size_mode, sub_optab, size,
906c4e36
RK
2463 copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0,
2464 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
e87b4f3f 2465
906c4e36 2466 emit_cmp_insn (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX,
e87b4f3f
RS
2467 GET_MODE (size), 0, 0);
2468 label = gen_label_rtx ();
2469 emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (label));
2470 }
2471
2472 if (size != const0_rtx)
2473 {
bbf6f052 2474#ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
d562e42e 2475 emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 3,
e87b4f3f 2476 temp, Pmode, const0_rtx, Pmode, size, Pmode);
bbf6f052 2477#else
d562e42e 2478 emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 2,
e87b4f3f 2479 temp, Pmode, size, Pmode);
bbf6f052 2480#endif
e87b4f3f
RS
2481 }
2482 if (label)
2483 emit_label (label);
bbf6f052
RK
2484 }
2485 }
2486 else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode)
2487 emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp),
2488 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2489 else
2490 emit_move_insn (target, temp);
2491 }
2492 if (dont_return_target)
2493 return temp;
2494 return target;
2495}
2496\f
2497/* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET.
2498 TARGET is either a REG or a MEM. */
2499
2500static void
2501store_constructor (exp, target)
2502 tree exp;
2503 rtx target;
2504{
4af3895e
JVA
2505 tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
2506
bbf6f052
RK
2507 /* We know our target cannot conflict, since safe_from_p has been called. */
2508#if 0
2509 /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register
2510 since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP.
2511 Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all. */
2512 if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
2513 {
2514 rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target));
2515 store_constructor (exp, temp);
2516 emit_move_insn (target, temp);
2517 return;
2518 }
2519#endif
2520
e44842fe
RK
2521 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE
2522 || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
bbf6f052
RK
2523 {
2524 register tree elt;
2525
4af3895e 2526 /* Inform later passes that the whole union value is dead. */
e44842fe
RK
2527 if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE
2528 || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
bbf6f052 2529 emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
4af3895e
JVA
2530
2531 /* If we are building a static constructor into a register,
2532 set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into
2533 a constant. */
2534 else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))
2535 emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx);
2536
bbf6f052
RK
2537 /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure,
2538 clear the whole structure first. */
2539 else if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp))
4af3895e
JVA
2540 != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (type)))
2541 clear_storage (target, int_size_in_bytes (type));
bbf6f052
RK
2542 else
2543 /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */
2544 emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
2545
2546 /* Store each element of the constructor into
2547 the corresponding field of TARGET. */
2548
2549 for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt))
2550 {
2551 register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt);
2552 register enum machine_mode mode;
2553 int bitsize;
2554 int bitpos;
2555 int unsignedp;
2556
f32fd778
RS
2557 /* Just ignore missing fields.
2558 We cleared the whole structure, above,
2559 if any fields are missing. */
2560 if (field == 0)
2561 continue;
2562
bbf6f052
RK
2563 bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field));
2564 unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field);
2565 mode = DECL_MODE (field);
2566 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
2567 mode = VOIDmode;
2568
2569 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field)) != INTEGER_CST)
2570 /* ??? This case remains to be written. */
2571 abort ();
2572
2573 bitpos = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field));
2574
2575 store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt),
2576 /* The alignment of TARGET is
2577 at least what its type requires. */
2578 VOIDmode, 0,
4af3895e
JVA
2579 TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
2580 int_size_in_bytes (type));
bbf6f052
RK
2581 }
2582 }
4af3895e 2583 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
bbf6f052
RK
2584 {
2585 register tree elt;
2586 register int i;
4af3895e 2587 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
906c4e36
RK
2588 HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain));
2589 HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain));
4af3895e 2590 tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
bbf6f052
RK
2591
2592 /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure,
4af3895e
JVA
2593 clear the whole structure first. Similarly if this this is
2594 static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */
bbf6f052 2595
4af3895e
JVA
2596 if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) < maxelt - minelt + 1
2597 || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp)))
597bb7f1 2598 clear_storage (target, int_size_in_bytes (type));
bbf6f052
RK
2599 else
2600 /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */
2601 emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
2602
2603 /* Store each element of the constructor into
2604 the corresponding element of TARGET, determined
2605 by counting the elements. */
2606 for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0;
2607 elt;
2608 elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++)
2609 {
2610 register enum machine_mode mode;
2611 int bitsize;
2612 int bitpos;
2613 int unsignedp;
2614
2615 mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype);
2616 bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
2617 unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype);
2618
2619 bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)));
2620
2621 store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt),
2622 /* The alignment of TARGET is
2623 at least what its type requires. */
2624 VOIDmode, 0,
4af3895e
JVA
2625 TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
2626 int_size_in_bytes (type));
bbf6f052
RK
2627 }
2628 }
2629
2630 else
2631 abort ();
2632}
2633
2634/* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree)
2635 into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies
2636 BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET.
2637 If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field.
2638
2639 If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular.
2640 UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case.
2641
2642 Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx
2643 has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do.
2644 In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type.
2645
2646 ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes.
2647 TOTAL_SIZE is the size in bytes of the structure, or -1 if varying. */
2648
2649static rtx
2650store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode,
2651 unsignedp, align, total_size)
2652 rtx target;
2653 int bitsize, bitpos;
2654 enum machine_mode mode;
2655 tree exp;
2656 enum machine_mode value_mode;
2657 int unsignedp;
2658 int align;
2659 int total_size;
2660{
906c4e36 2661 HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0;
bbf6f052 2662
906c4e36
RK
2663 if (bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
2664 width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1;
bbf6f052
RK
2665
2666 /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is
2667 in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but
2668 MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and
2669 alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid
2670 the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then
2671 call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of
2672 that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not
2673 very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive
2674 than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be
2675 cleaned up later. */
2676
2677 if (mode == BLKmode
2678 && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG))
2679 {
2680 rtx object = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target),
2681 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), 0);
2682 rtx blk_object = copy_rtx (object);
2683
2684 PUT_MODE (blk_object, BLKmode);
2685
2686 if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target)))
2687 emit_move_insn (object, target);
2688
2689 store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0,
2690 align, total_size);
2691
2692 emit_move_insn (target, object);
2693
2694 return target;
2695 }
2696
2697 /* If the structure is in a register or if the component
2698 is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it.
2699 Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */
2700
4fa52007
RK
2701 if (mode == VOIDmode
2702 || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode])
2703 || GET_CODE (target) == REG
c980ac49 2704 || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG
ccc98036
RS
2705 /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref,
2706 store it as a bit field. */
2707 || (STRICT_ALIGNMENT
2708 && align * BITS_PER_UNIT < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode))
2709 || (STRICT_ALIGNMENT && bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0))
bbf6f052 2710 {
906c4e36 2711 rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
2712 /* Store the value in the bitfield. */
2713 store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, align, total_size);
2714 if (value_mode != VOIDmode)
2715 {
2716 /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. */
2717 /* If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */
2718 if (width_mask != 0
2719 && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)))
5c4d7cfb 2720 {
9074de27 2721 tree count;
5c4d7cfb 2722 enum machine_mode tmode;
86a2c12a 2723
5c4d7cfb
RS
2724 if (unsignedp)
2725 return expand_and (temp, GEN_INT (width_mask), NULL_RTX);
2726 tmode = GET_MODE (temp);
86a2c12a
RS
2727 if (tmode == VOIDmode)
2728 tmode = value_mode;
5c4d7cfb
RS
2729 count = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode) - bitsize, 0);
2730 temp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0);
2731 return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0);
2732 }
bbf6f052 2733 return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp,
906c4e36
RK
2734 NULL_RTX, value_mode, 0, align,
2735 total_size);
bbf6f052
RK
2736 }
2737 return const0_rtx;
2738 }
2739 else
2740 {
2741 rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0);
2742 rtx to_rtx;
2743
2744 /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs;
2745 so make the address stable for multiple use. */
2746
2747 if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG
2748 && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr)
2749 /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */
2750 && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS
2751 && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT
2752 && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx
2753 || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx)))
2754 addr = copy_to_reg (addr);
2755
2756 /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */
2757
2758 to_rtx = change_address (target, mode,
2759 plus_constant (addr, (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
2760 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx) = 1;
2761
2762 return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode);
2763 }
2764}
2765\f
2766/* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF,
2767 or an ARRAY_REF, look for nested COMPONENT_REFs, BIT_FIELD_REFs, or
742920c7 2768 ARRAY_REFs and find the ultimate containing object, which we return.
bbf6f052
RK
2769
2770 We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the
2771 bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field.
7bb0943f
RS
2772 If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree
2773 giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET.
2774 This offset is in addition to the bit position.
2775 If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET.
bbf6f052
RK
2776
2777 If any of the extraction expressions is volatile,
2778 we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that.
2779
2780 If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it
2781 is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE
e7c33f54
RK
2782 is redundant.
2783
2784 If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to
2785 VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in
2786 this case, but the address of the object can be found. */
bbf6f052
RK
2787
2788tree
4969d05d
RK
2789get_inner_reference (exp, pbitsize, pbitpos, poffset, pmode,
2790 punsignedp, pvolatilep)
bbf6f052
RK
2791 tree exp;
2792 int *pbitsize;
2793 int *pbitpos;
7bb0943f 2794 tree *poffset;
bbf6f052
RK
2795 enum machine_mode *pmode;
2796 int *punsignedp;
2797 int *pvolatilep;
2798{
2799 tree size_tree = 0;
2800 enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode;
742920c7 2801 tree offset = integer_zero_node;
bbf6f052
RK
2802
2803 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF)
2804 {
2805 size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
2806 if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
2807 mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
2808 *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
2809 }
2810 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF)
2811 {
2812 size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
2813 *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp);
2814 }
2815 else
2816 {
2817 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
2818 *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
2819 *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
2820 }
2821
2822 if (size_tree)
2823 {
2824 if (TREE_CODE (size_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
e7c33f54
RK
2825 mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1;
2826 else
2827 *pbitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size_tree);
bbf6f052
RK
2828 }
2829
2830 /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs,
2831 and find the ultimate containing object. */
2832
2833 *pbitpos = 0;
2834
2835 while (1)
2836 {
7bb0943f 2837 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF)
bbf6f052 2838 {
7bb0943f
RS
2839 tree pos = (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF
2840 ? DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
2841 : TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2));
bbf6f052 2842
e7f3c83f
RK
2843 /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go
2844 past it. This should only happen when folding expressions
2845 made during type construction. */
2846 if (pos == 0)
2847 break;
2848
7bb0943f
RS
2849 if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR)
2850 {
2851 tree constant, var;
2852 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0)) == INTEGER_CST)
2853 {
2854 constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0);
2855 var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1);
2856 }
2857 else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
2858 {
2859 constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1);
2860 var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0);
2861 }
2862 else
2863 abort ();
742920c7 2864
7bb0943f 2865 *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant);
742920c7
RK
2866 offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset,
2867 size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, var,
2868 size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)));
7bb0943f
RS
2869 }
2870 else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST)
2871 *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (pos);
2872 else
2873 {
2874 /* Assume here that the offset is a multiple of a unit.
2875 If not, there should be an explicitly added constant. */
742920c7
RK
2876 offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset,
2877 size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, pos,
2878 size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)));
7bb0943f 2879 }
bbf6f052 2880 }
bbf6f052 2881
742920c7 2882 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF)
bbf6f052 2883 {
742920c7
RK
2884 /* This code is based on the code in case ARRAY_REF in expand_expr
2885 below. We assume here that the size of an array element is
2886 always an integral multiple of BITS_PER_UNIT. */
2887
2888 tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
2889 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
2890 tree low_bound
2891 = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node;
2892 tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index);
2893
2894 if (! integer_zerop (low_bound))
2895 index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, low_bound));
2896
2897 if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) != POINTER_SIZE)
2898 {
2899 index = convert (type_for_size (POINTER_SIZE, 0), index);
2900 index_type = TREE_TYPE (index);
2901 }
2902
2903 index = fold (build (MULT_EXPR, index_type, index,
2904 TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))));
2905
2906 if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST
2907 && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0)
2908 *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index);
2909 else
2910 offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset,
2911 size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, index,
2912 size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)));
bbf6f052
RK
2913 }
2914 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR
2915 && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
2916 || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR)
2917 && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))
2918 == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))))
2919 break;
7bb0943f
RS
2920
2921 /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */
2922 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp))
2923 *pvolatilep = 1;
bbf6f052
RK
2924 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2925 }
2926
2927 /* If this was a bit-field, see if there is a mode that allows direct
2928 access in case EXP is in memory. */
e7f3c83f 2929 if (mode == VOIDmode && *pbitsize != 0 && *pbitpos % *pbitsize == 0)
bbf6f052
RK
2930 {
2931 mode = mode_for_size (*pbitsize, MODE_INT, 0);
2932 if (mode == BLKmode)
2933 mode = VOIDmode;
2934 }
2935
742920c7
RK
2936 if (integer_zerop (offset))
2937 offset = 0;
2938
bbf6f052 2939 *pmode = mode;
7bb0943f
RS
2940 *poffset = offset;
2941#if 0
2942 /* We aren't finished fixing the callers to really handle nonzero offset. */
2943 if (offset != 0)
2944 abort ();
2945#endif
bbf6f052
RK
2946
2947 return exp;
2948}
2949\f
2950/* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications,
2951 return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory.
2952 This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic
c45a13a6
RK
2953 and returning a pseudo-register containing the value.
2954
2955 The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */
bbf6f052
RK
2956
2957rtx
2958force_operand (value, target)
2959 rtx value, target;
2960{
2961 register optab binoptab = 0;
2962 /* Use a temporary to force order of execution of calls to
2963 `force_operand'. */
2964 rtx tmp;
2965 register rtx op2;
2966 /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */
2967 register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0);
2968
2969 if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS)
2970 binoptab = add_optab;
2971 else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS)
2972 binoptab = sub_optab;
2973 else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT)
2974 {
2975 op2 = XEXP (value, 1);
2976 if (!CONSTANT_P (op2)
2977 && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget))
2978 subtarget = 0;
2979 tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget);
2980 return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), tmp,
906c4e36 2981 force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX),
bbf6f052
RK
2982 target, 0);
2983 }
2984
2985 if (binoptab)
2986 {
2987 op2 = XEXP (value, 1);
2988 if (!CONSTANT_P (op2)
2989 && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget))
2990 subtarget = 0;
2991 if (binoptab == sub_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT)
2992 {
2993 binoptab = add_optab;
2994 op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2);
2995 }
2996
2997 /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first
2998 operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that
2999 case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the
3000 constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual
3001 register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than
3002 creating another one around this addition. */
3003 if (binoptab == add_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT
3004 && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS
3005 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG
3006 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
3007 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER)
3008 {
3009 rtx temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab,
3010 XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2,
3011 subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3012 return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, temp,
3013 force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 1), 0),
3014 target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
3015 }
3016
3017 tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget);
3018 return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, tmp,
906c4e36 3019 force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX),
bbf6f052 3020 target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
8008b228 3021 /* We give UNSIGNEDP = 0 to expand_binop
bbf6f052
RK
3022 because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones. */
3023 }
3024 return value;
3025}
3026\f
3027/* Subroutine of expand_expr:
3028 save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list
3029 which can restore these values to their previous values,
3030 should something modify their storage. */
3031
3032static tree
3033save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list)
3034 tree lhs;
3035 tree list;
3036{
3037 tree tail;
3038 tree parts = 0;
3039
3040 for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail))
3041 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST)
3042 parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail)));
3043 else
3044 {
3045 tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail);
3046 tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part);
906c4e36 3047 tree to_be_saved = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part);
bbf6f052
RK
3048 rtx target = assign_stack_temp (TYPE_MODE (part_type),
3049 int_size_in_bytes (part_type), 0);
3050 if (! memory_address_p (TYPE_MODE (part_type), XEXP (target, 0)))
906c4e36 3051 target = change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (part_type), NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052 3052 parts = tree_cons (to_be_saved,
906c4e36
RK
3053 build (RTL_EXPR, part_type, NULL_TREE,
3054 (tree) target),
bbf6f052
RK
3055 parts);
3056 store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0);
3057 }
3058 return parts;
3059}
3060
3061/* Subroutine of expand_expr:
3062 record the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list
3063 which specifies the initial values of these parts. */
3064
3065static tree
3066init_noncopied_parts (lhs, list)
3067 tree lhs;
3068 tree list;
3069{
3070 tree tail;
3071 tree parts = 0;
3072
3073 for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail))
3074 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST)
3075 parts = chainon (parts, init_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail)));
3076 else
3077 {
3078 tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail);
3079 tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part);
906c4e36 3080 tree to_be_initialized = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part);
bbf6f052
RK
3081 parts = tree_cons (TREE_PURPOSE (tail), to_be_initialized, parts);
3082 }
3083 return parts;
3084}
3085
3086/* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that
3087 EXP can reference X, which is being modified. */
3088
3089static int
3090safe_from_p (x, exp)
3091 rtx x;
3092 tree exp;
3093{
3094 rtx exp_rtl = 0;
3095 int i, nops;
3096
3097 if (x == 0)
3098 return 1;
3099
3100 /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise,
3101 find the underlying pseudo. */
3102 if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
3103 {
3104 x = SUBREG_REG (x);
3105 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3106 return 0;
3107 }
3108
3109 /* If X is a location in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */
3110 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM
3111 && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx
3112 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
3113 && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx)))
3114 return 1;
3115
3116 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)))
3117 {
3118 case 'd':
3119 exp_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp);
3120 break;
3121
3122 case 'c':
3123 return 1;
3124
3125 case 'x':
3126 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST)
f32fd778
RS
3127 return ((TREE_VALUE (exp) == 0
3128 || safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp)))
bbf6f052
RK
3129 && (TREE_CHAIN (exp) == 0
3130 || safe_from_p (x, TREE_CHAIN (exp))));
3131 else
3132 return 0;
3133
3134 case '1':
3135 return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3136
3137 case '2':
3138 case '<':
3139 return (safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
3140 && safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3141
3142 case 'e':
3143 case 'r':
3144 /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in
3145 the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or
3146 both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the
3147 expression recursively. */
3148
3149 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
3150 {
3151 case ADDR_EXPR:
e44842fe
RK
3152 return (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
3153 || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
bbf6f052
RK
3154
3155 case INDIRECT_REF:
3156 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
3157 return 0;
3158 break;
3159
3160 case CALL_EXPR:
3161 exp_rtl = CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3162 if (exp_rtl == 0)
3163 {
3164 /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and
3165 all of memory. */
3166 if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3167 || GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
3168 return 0;
3169 }
3170
3171 break;
3172
3173 case RTL_EXPR:
3174 exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3175 if (exp_rtl == 0)
3176 /* We don't know what this can modify. */
3177 return 0;
3178
3179 break;
3180
3181 case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR:
3182 exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3183 break;
3184
3185 case SAVE_EXPR:
3186 exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3187 break;
3188
8129842c
RS
3189 case BIND_EXPR:
3190 /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't
3191 part of the expression. */
3192 return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
3193
bbf6f052
RK
3194 case METHOD_CALL_EXPR:
3195 /* This takes a rtx argument, but shouldn't appear here. */
3196 abort ();
3197 }
3198
3199 /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */
3200 if (exp_rtl)
3201 break;
3202
3203 nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)];
3204 for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
3205 if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0
3206 && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i)))
3207 return 0;
3208 }
3209
3210 /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict
3211 with it. */
3212 if (exp_rtl)
3213 {
3214 if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG)
3215 {
3216 exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl);
3217 if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG
3218 && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3219 return 0;
3220 }
3221
3222 /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both
3223 are memory and EXP is not readonly. */
3224 return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl)
3225 || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM
3226 && ! TREE_READONLY (exp)));
3227 }
3228
3229 /* If we reach here, it is safe. */
3230 return 1;
3231}
3232
3233/* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff EXP is an
3234 expression whose type is statically determinable. */
3235
3236static int
3237fixed_type_p (exp)
3238 tree exp;
3239{
3240 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PARM_DECL
3241 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VAR_DECL
3242 || TREE_CODE (exp) == CALL_EXPR || TREE_CODE (exp) == TARGET_EXPR
3243 || TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF
3244 || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF)
3245 return 1;
3246 return 0;
3247}
3248\f
3249/* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP.
3250 An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null.
3251 In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned.
3252
3253 The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero.
3254 TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that
3255 the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET.
3256
3257 If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored.
3258
3259 If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the
3260 result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient.
3261 Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode.
3262 TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that
3263 the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE.
3264
3265 EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM
3266 with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate.
3267 EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect.
3268
3269 If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition
3270 we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...))
3271 or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are
3272 products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant.
3273 Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions
3274 and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum.
3275
3276 EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that
3277 it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead).
26fcb35a 3278 It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns.
6dc42e49 3279 This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. */
bbf6f052
RK
3280
3281rtx
3282expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier)
3283 register tree exp;
3284 rtx target;
3285 enum machine_mode tmode;
3286 enum expand_modifier modifier;
3287{
3288 register rtx op0, op1, temp;
3289 tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
3290 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type);
3291 register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
3292 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
3293 optab this_optab;
3294 /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */
3295 rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0);
3296 rtx original_target = target;
dd27116b
RK
3297 int ignore = (target == const0_rtx
3298 || ((code == NON_LVALUE_EXPR || code == NOP_EXPR
3299 || code == CONVERT_EXPR || code == REFERENCE_EXPR)
3300 && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE));
bbf6f052
RK
3301 tree context;
3302
3303 /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner
3304 can only handle pseudo regs. */
3305 if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3306 subtarget = 0;
3307 /* Avoid subtargets inside loops,
3308 since they hide some invariant expressions. */
3309 if (preserve_subexpressions_p ())
3310 subtarget = 0;
3311
dd27116b
RK
3312 /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something
3313 if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there
3314 is, short-circuit the most common cases here. */
bbf6f052 3315
dd27116b
RK
3316 if (ignore)
3317 {
3318 if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp))
3319 return const0_rtx;
3320
3321 /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored. */
3322 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)
3323 && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL
3324 && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
3325 {
3326 temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier);
3327 if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM)
3328 temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
3329 return const0_rtx;
3330 }
3331
3332 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1')
3333 return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx,
3334 VOIDmode, modifier);
3335 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2'
3336 || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<')
3337 {
3338 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier);
3339 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier);
3340 return const0_rtx;
3341 }
3342 else if ((code == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR || code == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR)
3343 && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
3344 /* If the second operand has no side effects, just evaluate
3345 the first. */
3346 return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx,
3347 VOIDmode, modifier);
dd27116b
RK
3348
3349 target = 0, original_target = 0;
3350 }
bbf6f052 3351
e44842fe
RK
3352 /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers
3353 since 1) that allows cse to find more things
3354 and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine
3355 cannot support. */
3356
bbf6f052
RK
3357 if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target
3358 && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
3359 target = subtarget;
3360
bbf6f052
RK
3361 switch (code)
3362 {
3363 case LABEL_DECL:
b552441b
RS
3364 {
3365 tree function = decl_function_context (exp);
3366 /* Handle using a label in a containing function. */
3367 if (function != current_function_decl && function != 0)
3368 {
3369 struct function *p = find_function_data (function);
3370 /* Allocate in the memory associated with the function
3371 that the label is in. */
3372 push_obstacks (p->function_obstack,
3373 p->function_maybepermanent_obstack);
3374
3375 p->forced_labels = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode,
3376 label_rtx (exp), p->forced_labels);
3377 pop_obstacks ();
3378 }
3379 else if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
3380 forced_labels = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode,
3381 label_rtx (exp), forced_labels);
26fcb35a 3382 temp = gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE,
b552441b 3383 gen_rtx (LABEL_REF, Pmode, label_rtx (exp)));
26fcb35a
RS
3384 if (function != current_function_decl && function != 0)
3385 LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1;
3386 return temp;
b552441b 3387 }
bbf6f052
RK
3388
3389 case PARM_DECL:
3390 if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0)
3391 {
3392 error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'");
4af3895e 3393 return CONST0_RTX (mode);
bbf6f052
RK
3394 }
3395
3396 case FUNCTION_DECL:
3397 case VAR_DECL:
3398 case RESULT_DECL:
3399 if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0)
3400 abort ();
e44842fe
RK
3401 /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through
3402 a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external
3403 definition. */
3404 if (! TREE_USED (exp))
3405 {
3406 assemble_external (exp);
3407 TREE_USED (exp) = 1;
3408 }
3409
bbf6f052
RK
3410 /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */
3411 context = decl_function_context (exp);
3412
3413 /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function
3414 because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc.
3415 are being merged into the current function.
3416 See expand_inline_function. */
3417 if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl
3418 && context != inline_function_decl
3419 /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */
3420 && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM
3421 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))))
3422 {
3423 rtx addr;
3424
3425 /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */
81feeecb 3426 DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1;
bbf6f052
RK
3427 mark_addressable (exp);
3428 if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM)
3429 abort ();
3430 addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0);
3431 if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM)
3432 addr = gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp));
3433 else
3434 addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp);
3435 return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), mode, addr);
3436 }
4af3895e 3437
bbf6f052
RK
3438 /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined
3439 from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed.
3440 See expand_decl. */
3441 if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM
3442 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG)
3443 return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)),
3444 XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0));
3445 if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM
3446 && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
3447 && modifier != EXPAND_SUM
3448 && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
3449 {
3450 /* DECL_RTL probably contains a constant address.
3451 On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid,
3452 make some insns to get that address into a register. */
3453 if (!memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))
3454 || (flag_force_addr
3455 && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))))
3456 return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode,
3457 copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)));
3458 }
1499e0a8
RK
3459
3460 /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, it
3461 must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode,
3462 but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */
3463
3464 if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == REG
3465 && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != mode)
3466 {
3467 enum machine_mode decl_mode = DECL_MODE (exp);
3468
3469 /* Get the signedness used for this variable. Ensure we get the
3470 same mode we got when the variable was declared. */
3471
3472 PROMOTE_MODE (decl_mode, unsignedp, type);
3473
3474 if (decl_mode != GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)))
3475 abort ();
3476
3477 temp = gen_rtx (SUBREG, mode, DECL_RTL (exp), 0);
3478 SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1;
3479 SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp;
3480 return temp;
3481 }
3482
bbf6f052
RK
3483 return DECL_RTL (exp);
3484
3485 case INTEGER_CST:
3486 return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp),
3487 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp),
3488 mode);
3489
3490 case CONST_DECL:
3491 return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, 0);
3492
3493 case REAL_CST:
3494 /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE
3495 which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary.
3496
3497 We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But
3498 this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with
3499 the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;".
3500 On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in
3501 many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case.
3502
3503 Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */
3504 return immed_real_const (exp);
3505
3506 case COMPLEX_CST:
3507 case STRING_CST:
3508 if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp))
3509 output_constant_def (exp);
3510
3511 /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address.
3512 On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid,
3513 make some insns to get that address into a register. */
3514 if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM
3515 && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
3516 && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER
3517 && modifier != EXPAND_SUM
3518 && !memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)))
3519 return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode,
3520 copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)));
3521 return TREE_CST_RTL (exp);
3522
3523 case SAVE_EXPR:
3524 context = decl_function_context (exp);
3525 /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function
3526 because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc.
3527 are being merged into the current function.
3528 See expand_inline_function. */
3529 if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl)
3530 context = 0;
3531
3532 /* If this is non-local, handle it. */
3533 if (context)
3534 {
3535 temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3536 if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG)
3537 {
3538 put_var_into_stack (exp);
3539 temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3540 }
3541 if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM)
3542 abort ();
3543 return change_address (temp, mode,
3544 fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp));
3545 }
3546 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0)
3547 {
3548 if (mode == BLKmode)
3549 temp
3550 = assign_stack_temp (mode,
3551 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)), 0);
3552 else
1499e0a8
RK
3553 {
3554 enum machine_mode var_mode = mode;
3555
3556 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
3557 || TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
3558 || TREE_CODE (type) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
3559 || TREE_CODE (type) == CHAR_TYPE
3560 || TREE_CODE (type) == REAL_TYPE
3561 || TREE_CODE (type) == POINTER_TYPE
3562 || TREE_CODE (type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
3563 {
3564 PROMOTE_MODE (var_mode, unsignedp, type);
3565 }
3566
3567 temp = gen_reg_rtx (var_mode);
3568 }
3569
bbf6f052 3570 SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp;
bbf6f052
RK
3571 if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG)
3572 save_expr_regs = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, temp,
3573 save_expr_regs);
ff78f773
RK
3574
3575 /* If the mode of TEMP does not match that of the expression, it
3576 must be a promoted value. We pass store_expr a SUBREG of the
3577 wanted mode but mark it so that we know that it was already
3578 extended. Note that `unsignedp' was modified above in
3579 this case. */
3580
3581 if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && GET_MODE (temp) != mode)
3582 {
3583 temp = gen_rtx (SUBREG, mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0);
3584 SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1;
3585 SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp;
3586 }
3587
3588 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, 0);
bbf6f052 3589 }
1499e0a8
RK
3590
3591 /* If the mode of SAVE_EXPR_RTL does not match that of the expression, it
3592 must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode,
3593 but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. Note
3594 that `unsignedp' was modified above in this case. */
3595
3596 if (GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) == REG
3597 && GET_MODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) != mode)
3598 {
3599 temp = gen_rtx (SUBREG, mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0);
3600 SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1;
3601 SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp;
3602 return temp;
3603 }
3604
bbf6f052
RK
3605 return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3606
3607 case EXIT_EXPR:
e44842fe
RK
3608 expand_exit_loop_if_false (NULL_PTR,
3609 invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
bbf6f052
RK
3610 return const0_rtx;
3611
3612 case LOOP_EXPR:
3613 expand_start_loop (1);
3614 expand_expr_stmt (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3615 expand_end_loop ();
3616
3617 return const0_rtx;
3618
3619 case BIND_EXPR:
3620 {
3621 tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
3622 int vars_need_expansion = 0;
3623
3624 /* Need to open a binding contour here because
3625 if there are any cleanups they most be contained here. */
3626 expand_start_bindings (0);
3627
2df53c0b
RS
3628 /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output in its proper place. */
3629 if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0
3630 && ! TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)))
3631 insert_block (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2));
bbf6f052
RK
3632
3633 /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */
3634 while (vars)
3635 {
3636 if (DECL_RTL (vars) == 0)
3637 {
3638 vars_need_expansion = 1;
3639 expand_decl (vars);
3640 }
3641 expand_decl_init (vars);
3642 vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars);
3643 }
3644
3645 temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, modifier);
3646
3647 expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0);
3648
3649 return temp;
3650 }
3651
3652 case RTL_EXPR:
3653 if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx)
3654 abort ();
3655 emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp));
3656 RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx;
3657 return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
3658
3659 case CONSTRUCTOR:
dd27116b
RK
3660 /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any
3661 subexpressions. */
3662 if (ignore)
3663 {
3664 tree elt;
3665 for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt))
3666 expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
3667 return const0_rtx;
3668 }
4af3895e
JVA
3669 /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But
3670 if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time
3671 since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we
dd27116b
RK
3672 fold. If we are making an initializer and all operands are
3673 constant, put it in memory as well. */
3674 else if ((TREE_STATIC (exp)
3675 && (mode == BLKmode || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)))
3676 || (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER && TREE_CONSTANT (exp)))
bbf6f052
RK
3677 {
3678 rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp);
b552441b
RS
3679 if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
3680 && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER
3681 && modifier != EXPAND_SUM
3682 && !memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor),
3683 XEXP (constructor, 0)))
bbf6f052
RK
3684 constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode,
3685 XEXP (constructor, 0));
3686 return constructor;
3687 }
3688
bbf6f052
RK
3689 else
3690 {
3691 if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp))
3692 {
3693 if (mode != BLKmode && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp))
3694 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
3695 else
3696 {
3b94d087
RS
3697 enum tree_code c = TREE_CODE (type);
3698 target
3699 = assign_stack_temp (mode, int_size_in_bytes (type), 0);
e7f3c83f
RK
3700 if (c == RECORD_TYPE || c == UNION_TYPE
3701 || c == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || c == ARRAY_TYPE)
3b94d087 3702 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (target) = 1;
bbf6f052
RK
3703 }
3704 }
3705 store_constructor (exp, target);
3706 return target;
3707 }
3708
3709 case INDIRECT_REF:
3710 {
3711 tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
3712 tree exp2;
3713
3714 /* A SAVE_EXPR as the address in an INDIRECT_EXPR is generated
3715 for *PTR += ANYTHING where PTR is put inside the SAVE_EXPR.
3716 This code has the same general effect as simply doing
3717 expand_expr on the save expr, except that the expression PTR
3718 is computed for use as a memory address. This means different
3719 code, suitable for indexing, may be generated. */
3720 if (TREE_CODE (exp1) == SAVE_EXPR
3721 && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) == 0
3722 && TREE_CODE (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) != ERROR_MARK
3723 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp1)) == Pmode
3724 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == Pmode)
3725 {
906c4e36
RK
3726 temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0), NULL_RTX,
3727 VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
bbf6f052
RK
3728 op0 = memory_address (mode, temp);
3729 op0 = copy_all_regs (op0);
3730 SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) = op0;
3731 }
3732 else
3733 {
906c4e36 3734 op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
bbf6f052
RK
3735 op0 = memory_address (mode, op0);
3736 }
8c8a8e34
JW
3737
3738 temp = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, op0);
3739 /* If address was computed by addition,
3740 mark this as an element of an aggregate. */
3741 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR
3742 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR
3743 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == PLUS_EXPR)
3744 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == ARRAY_TYPE
3745 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE
3746 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == UNION_TYPE
e7f3c83f 3747 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE
8c8a8e34
JW
3748 || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == ADDR_EXPR
3749 && (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0))
3750 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == ARRAY_TYPE
3751 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == RECORD_TYPE
e7f3c83f
RK
3752 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == UNION_TYPE
3753 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)))
8c8a8e34 3754 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1;
f94cc92f 3755 MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp);
89742723 3756#if 0 /* It is incorrect to set RTX_UNCHANGING_P here, because the fact that
bbf6f052
RK
3757 a location is accessed through a pointer to const does not mean
3758 that the value there can never change. */
8c8a8e34 3759 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp);
bbf6f052 3760#endif
8c8a8e34
JW
3761 return temp;
3762 }
bbf6f052
RK
3763
3764 case ARRAY_REF:
742920c7
RK
3765 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE)
3766 abort ();
bbf6f052 3767
bbf6f052 3768 {
742920c7
RK
3769 tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
3770 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array));
3771 tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node;
3772 tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
3773 tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index);
bbf6f052 3774 int i;
bbf6f052 3775
742920c7
RK
3776 /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. */
3777 if (! integer_zerop (low_bound))
3778 index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, low_bound));
3779
3780 if (TREE_CODE (index) != INTEGER_CST
3781 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST)
3782 {
3783 /* Nonconstant array index or nonconstant element size.
3784 Generate the tree for *(&array+index) and expand that,
3785 except do it in a language-independent way
3786 and don't complain about non-lvalue arrays.
3787 `mark_addressable' should already have been called
3788 for any array for which this case will be reached. */
3789
3790 /* Don't forget the const or volatile flag from the array
3791 element. */
3792 tree variant_type = build_type_variant (type,
3793 TREE_READONLY (exp),
3794 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp));
3795 tree array_adr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR,
3796 build_pointer_type (variant_type), array);
3797 tree elt;
3798
3799 /* Convert the integer argument to a type the same size as a
3800 pointer so the multiply won't overflow spuriously. */
3801 if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) != POINTER_SIZE)
3802 index = convert (type_for_size (POINTER_SIZE, 0), index);
3803
3804 /* Don't think the address has side effects
3805 just because the array does.
3806 (In some cases the address might have side effects,
3807 and we fail to record that fact here. However, it should not
3808 matter, since expand_expr should not care.) */
3809 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array_adr) = 0;
3810
3811 elt = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, type,
3812 fold (build (PLUS_EXPR,
3813 TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type),
3814 array_adr,
3815 fold (build (MULT_EXPR,
3816 TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type),
3817 index,
3818 size_in_bytes (type))))));
3819
3820 /* Volatility, etc., of new expression is same as old
3821 expression. */
3822 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (elt) = TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp);
3823 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (elt) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp);
3824 TREE_READONLY (elt) = TREE_READONLY (exp);
3825
3826 return expand_expr (elt, target, tmode, modifier);
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2].
3830 This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. */
3831
3832 if (TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST
3833 && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST
3834 && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index)
3835 && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (array))
bbf6f052 3836 {
742920c7 3837 if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (array)) == integer_type_node)
bbf6f052 3838 {
742920c7 3839 exp = build_int_2 (((int *)TREE_STRING_POINTER (array))[i], 0);
bbf6f052
RK
3840 TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node;
3841 return expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier);
3842 }
742920c7 3843 if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (array)) == char_type_node)
bbf6f052 3844 {
742920c7 3845 exp = build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_POINTER (array)[i], 0);
bbf6f052 3846 TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node;
742920c7
RK
3847 return expand_expr (convert (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (array)),
3848 exp),
3849 target, tmode, modifier);
bbf6f052
RK
3850 }
3851 }
bbf6f052 3852
742920c7
RK
3853 /* If this is a constant index into a constant array,
3854 just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when
3855 we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable
3856 that was declared const. */
4af3895e 3857
742920c7
RK
3858 if (TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array))
3859 {
3860 if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST
3861 && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0)
3862 {
3863 tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3864
3865 i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index);
3866 while (elem && i--)
3867 elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem);
3868 if (elem)
3869 return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target,
3870 tmode, modifier);
3871 }
3872 }
4af3895e 3873
742920c7
RK
3874 else if (optimize >= 1
3875 && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array)
3876 && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array)
3877 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK)
3878 {
3879 if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST
3880 && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0)
3881 {
3882 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array);
3883
3884 i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index);
3885 if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR)
3886 {
3887 tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
3888
3889 while (elem && i--)
3890 elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem);
3891 if (elem)
3892 return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target,
3893 tmode, modifier);
3894 }
3895 else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST
3896 && i < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
3897 {
3898 temp = GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)[i]);
3899 return convert_to_mode (mode, temp, 0);
3900 }
3901 }
3902 }
3903 }
8c8a8e34 3904
bbf6f052
RK
3905 /* Treat array-ref with constant index as a component-ref. */
3906
3907 case COMPONENT_REF:
3908 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
4af3895e
JVA
3909 /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the
3910 appropriate field if it is present. */
3911 if (code != ARRAY_REF
3912 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR)
3913 {
3914 tree elt;
3915
3916 for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt;
3917 elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt))
3918 if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
3919 return expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier);
3920 }
3921
bbf6f052
RK
3922 {
3923 enum machine_mode mode1;
3924 int bitsize;
3925 int bitpos;
7bb0943f 3926 tree offset;
bbf6f052 3927 int volatilep = 0;
7bb0943f 3928 tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
bbf6f052
RK
3929 &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep);
3930
e7f3c83f
RK
3931 /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps
3932 we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't
3933 infinitely recurse. */
3934 if (tem == exp)
3935 abort ();
3936
bbf6f052
RK
3937 /* In some cases, we will be offsetting OP0's address by a constant.
3938 So get it as a sum, if possible. If we will be using it
3939 directly in an insn, we validate it. */
906c4e36 3940 op0 = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
bbf6f052 3941
8c8a8e34 3942 /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a
8008b228 3943 legitimate constant and memory if it isn't. */
8c8a8e34
JW
3944 if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
3945 {
3946 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem));
f2878c6b 3947 if (mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0))
8c8a8e34
JW
3948 op0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
3949 else
3950 op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0));
3951 }
3952
7bb0943f
RS
3953 if (offset != 0)
3954 {
906c4e36 3955 rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
7bb0943f
RS
3956
3957 if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM)
3958 abort ();
3959 op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode,
3960 gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0),
3961 force_reg (Pmode, offset_rtx)));
3962 }
3963
bbf6f052
RK
3964 /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */
3965 if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0))
3966 {
3967 op0 = copy_rtx (op0);
3968 MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1;
3969 }
3970
ccc98036
RS
3971 /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object
3972 as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from
3973 an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case
3974 by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field
3975 (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then
3976 storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. */
bbf6f052 3977 if (mode1 == VOIDmode
0bba3f6f
RK
3978 || (mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1]
3979 && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
3980 && modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
ccc98036
RS
3981 || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG
3982 /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref,
3983 fetch it as a bit field. */
3984 || (STRICT_ALIGNMENT
3985 && TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode))
3986 || (STRICT_ALIGNMENT && bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0))
bbf6f052 3987 {
bbf6f052
RK
3988 enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode;
3989
3990 if (ext_mode == BLKmode)
3991 ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1);
3992
3993 if (ext_mode == BLKmode)
3994 abort ();
3995
3996 op0 = extract_bit_field (validize_mem (op0), bitsize, bitpos,
3997 unsignedp, target, ext_mode, ext_mode,
3998 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
3999 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
4000 if (mode == BLKmode)
4001 {
4002 rtx new = assign_stack_temp (ext_mode,
4003 bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
4004
4005 emit_move_insn (new, op0);
4006 op0 = copy_rtx (new);
4007 PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode);
4008 }
4009
4010 return op0;
4011 }
4012
4013 /* Get a reference to just this component. */
4014 if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
4015 || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
4016 op0 = gen_rtx (MEM, mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0),
4017 (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
4018 else
4019 op0 = change_address (op0, mode1,
4020 plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0),
4021 (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
4022 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1;
4023 MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep;
4024 if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode)
4025 return op0;
4026 if (target == 0)
4027 target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode);
4028 convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp);
4029 return target;
4030 }
4031
4032 case OFFSET_REF:
4033 {
da120c2f 4034 tree base = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
bbf6f052 4035 tree addr = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, base, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
906c4e36 4036 op0 = expand_expr (addr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
bbf6f052
RK
4037 temp = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, memory_address (mode, op0));
4038 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1;
f94cc92f 4039 MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp);
89742723 4040#if 0 /* It is incorrect to set RTX_UNCHANGING_P here, because the fact that
bbf6f052
RK
4041 a location is accessed through a pointer to const does not mean
4042 that the value there can never change. */
4043 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp);
4044#endif
4045 return temp;
4046 }
4047
4048 /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal.
4049 But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be
4050 necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */
4051 case BUFFER_REF:
4052 abort ();
4053
7308a047
RS
4054 /* IN_EXPR: Inlined pascal set IN expression.
4055
4056 Algorithm:
4057 rlo = set_low - (set_low%bits_per_word);
4058 the_word = set [ (index - rlo)/bits_per_word ];
4059 bit_index = index % bits_per_word;
4060 bitmask = 1 << bit_index;
4061 return !!(the_word & bitmask); */
4062 case IN_EXPR:
4063 preexpand_calls (exp);
4064 {
4065 tree set = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4066 tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
4067 tree set_type = TREE_TYPE (set);
4068
4069 tree set_low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type));
4070 tree set_high_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type));
4071
4072 rtx index_val;
4073 rtx lo_r;
4074 rtx hi_r;
4075 rtx rlow;
4076 rtx diff, quo, rem, addr, bit, result;
4077 rtx setval, setaddr;
4078 enum machine_mode index_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (index));
4079
4080 if (target == 0)
17938e57 4081 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7308a047
RS
4082
4083 /* If domain is empty, answer is no. */
4084 if (tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, set_low_bound))
4085 return const0_rtx;
4086
4087 index_val = expand_expr (index, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
4088 lo_r = expand_expr (set_low_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
4089 hi_r = expand_expr (set_high_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
4090 setval = expand_expr (set, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
4091 setaddr = XEXP (setval, 0);
4092
4093 /* Compare index against bounds, if they are constant. */
4094 if (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT
17938e57
RK
4095 && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT
4096 && INTVAL (index_val) < INTVAL (lo_r))
4097 return const0_rtx;
7308a047
RS
4098
4099 if (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT
17938e57
RK
4100 && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT
4101 && INTVAL (hi_r) < INTVAL (index_val))
4102 return const0_rtx;
7308a047
RS
4103
4104 /* If we get here, we have to generate the code for both cases
4105 (in range and out of range). */
4106
4107 op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
4108 op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
4109
4110 if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT
4111 && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT))
4112 {
17938e57
RK
4113 emit_cmp_insn (index_val, lo_r, LT, NULL_RTX,
4114 GET_MODE (index_val), 0, 0);
7308a047
RS
4115 emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (op1));
4116 }
4117
4118 if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT
4119 && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT))
4120 {
17938e57
RK
4121 emit_cmp_insn (index_val, hi_r, GT, NULL_RTX,
4122 GET_MODE (index_val), 0, 0);
7308a047
RS
4123 emit_jump_insn (gen_bgt (op1));
4124 }
4125
4126 /* Calculate the element number of bit zero in the first word
4127 of the set. */
4128 if (GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT)
17938e57
RK
4129 rlow = GEN_INT (INTVAL (lo_r)
4130 & ~ ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT));
7308a047 4131 else
17938e57
RK
4132 rlow = expand_binop (index_mode, and_optab, lo_r,
4133 GEN_INT (~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)),
4134 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
7308a047
RS
4135
4136 diff = expand_binop (index_mode, sub_optab,
17938e57 4137 index_val, rlow, NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
7308a047
RS
4138
4139 quo = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, index_mode, diff,
17938e57 4140 GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, 0);
7308a047 4141 rem = expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, index_mode, index_val,
17938e57 4142 GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, 0);
7308a047
RS
4143 addr = memory_address (byte_mode,
4144 expand_binop (index_mode, add_optab,
17938e57
RK
4145 diff, setaddr, NULL_RTX, 0,
4146 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN));
7308a047
RS
4147 /* Extract the bit we want to examine */
4148 bit = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, byte_mode,
17938e57
RK
4149 gen_rtx (MEM, byte_mode, addr),
4150 make_tree (TREE_TYPE (index), rem),
4151 NULL_RTX, 1);
4152 result = expand_binop (byte_mode, and_optab, bit, const1_rtx,
4153 GET_MODE (target) == byte_mode ? target : 0,
7308a047 4154 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
17938e57
RK
4155
4156 if (result != target)
4157 convert_move (target, result, 1);
7308a047
RS
4158
4159 /* Output the code to handle the out-of-range case. */
4160 emit_jump (op0);
4161 emit_label (op1);
4162 emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx);
4163 emit_label (op0);
4164 return target;
4165 }
4166
bbf6f052
RK
4167 case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR:
4168 if (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0)
4169 {
4170 RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp)
4171 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier);
906c4e36
RK
4172 cleanups_this_call
4173 = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), cleanups_this_call);
bbf6f052
RK
4174 /* That's it for this cleanup. */
4175 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = 0;
4176 }
4177 return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
4178
4179 case CALL_EXPR:
4180 /* Check for a built-in function. */
4181 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
4182 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL
4183 && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
4184 return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore);
4185 /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls,
4186 just return the result we got. */
4187 if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0)
4188 return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
8129842c 4189 return expand_call (exp, target, ignore);
bbf6f052
RK
4190
4191 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4192 case NOP_EXPR:
4193 case CONVERT_EXPR:
4194 case REFERENCE_EXPR:
bbf6f052
RK
4195 if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
4196 return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, modifier);
4197 if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
4198 {
4199 tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4200 if (target == 0)
4201 {
4202 if (mode == BLKmode)
4203 {
4204 if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0
4205 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST)
4206 abort ();
4207 target = assign_stack_temp (BLKmode,
4208 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type))
4209 + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
4210 / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
4211 }
4212 else
4213 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4214 }
4215 if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM)
4216 /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */
4217 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
1499e0a8
RK
4218 change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), 0);
4219
bbf6f052
RK
4220 else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG)
4221 /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */
4222 store_field (target, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (valtype)), 0,
4223 TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
4224 VOIDmode, 0, 1,
4225 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
4226 else
4227 abort ();
4228
4229 /* Return the entire union. */
4230 return target;
4231 }
1499e0a8 4232 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
12342f90
RS
4233 if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
4234 return op0;
4235 /* If arg is a constant integer being extended from a narrower mode,
4236 we must really truncate to get the extended bits right. Otherwise
4237 (unsigned long) (unsigned char) ("\377"[0])
4238 would come out as ffffffff. */
4239 if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode
4240 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
4241 < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
4242 {
4243 /* MODE must be narrower than HOST_BITS_PER_INT. */
4244 int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
4245
4246 if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
4247 {
4248 HOST_WIDE_INT val = (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT ? INTVAL (op0)
4249 : CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op0));
4250 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
4251 || !(val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1))))
4252 val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
4253 else
4254 val |= ~(((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1);
4255
4256 op0 = GEN_INT (val);
4257 }
4258 else
4259 {
4260 op0 = (simplify_unary_operation
4261 ((TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
4262 ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND),
4263 mode, op0,
4264 TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))));
4265 if (op0 == 0)
4266 abort ();
4267 }
4268 }
4269 if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
bbf6f052 4270 return op0;
26fcb35a
RS
4271 if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
4272 return gen_rtx (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0);
bbf6f052
RK
4273 if (flag_force_mem && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM)
4274 op0 = copy_to_reg (op0);
4275
4276 if (target == 0)
4277 return convert_to_mode (mode, op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
4278 else
4279 convert_move (target, op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
4280 return target;
4281
4282 case PLUS_EXPR:
4283 /* We come here from MINUS_EXPR when the second operand is a constant. */
4284 plus_expr:
4285 this_optab = add_optab;
4286
4287 /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and
4288 something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and
4289 then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength
4290 reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the
4291 frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated.
4292
4293 fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner
4294 PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if
4295 sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap
4296 the innermost first argument and our second argument. */
4297
4298 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR
4299 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST
4300 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR
4301 && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx
4302 || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx
4303 || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx))
4304 {
4305 tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
4306
4307 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0);
4308 TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t;
4309 }
4310
4311 /* If the result is to be Pmode and we are adding an integer to
4312 something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use
4313 plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it,
4314 use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate
4315 efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid
4316 address.
4317
4318 If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */
c980ac49
RS
4319 if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER
4320 || mode == Pmode)
bbf6f052 4321 {
c980ac49
RS
4322 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST
4323 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
4324 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4325 {
4326 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode,
4327 EXPAND_SUM);
4328 op1 = plus_constant (op1, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4329 if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
4330 op1 = force_operand (op1, target);
4331 return op1;
4332 }
bbf6f052 4333
c980ac49
RS
4334 else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
4335 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT
4336 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
4337 {
4338 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode,
4339 EXPAND_SUM);
4340 if (! CONSTANT_P (op0))
4341 {
4342 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX,
4343 VOIDmode, modifier);
4344 goto both_summands;
4345 }
4346 op0 = plus_constant (op0, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
4347 if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
4348 op0 = force_operand (op0, target);
4349 return op0;
4350 }
bbf6f052
RK
4351 }
4352
4353 /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done
4354 if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address.
4355 And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or
4356 zero-extend. */
4357 if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
c980ac49
RS
4358 || mode != Pmode)
4359 goto binop;
bbf6f052
RK
4360
4361 preexpand_calls (exp);
4362 if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4363 subtarget = 0;
4364
4365 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, modifier);
906c4e36 4366 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier);
bbf6f052 4367
c980ac49 4368 both_summands:
bbf6f052
RK
4369 /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last. */
4370 if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
4371 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1)))
4372 {
4373 temp = op0;
4374 op0 = op1;
4375 op1 = temp;
4376 }
4377 /* If adding to a sum including a constant,
4378 associate it to put the constant outside. */
4379 if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS
4380 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1)))
4381 {
4382 rtx constant_term = const0_rtx;
4383
4384 temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0);
4385 if (temp != 0)
4386 op0 = temp;
6f90e075
JW
4387 /* Ensure that MULT comes first if there is one. */
4388 else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT)
4389 op0 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
bbf6f052
RK
4390 else
4391 op0 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0);
4392
4393 /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible. */
4394 op0 = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term);
4395
4396 /* CONSTANT_TERM and XEXP (op1, 1) are known to be constant, so
4397 their sum should be a constant. Form it into OP1, since the
4398 result we want will then be OP0 + OP1. */
4399
4400 temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, constant_term,
4401 XEXP (op1, 1));
4402 if (temp != 0)
4403 op1 = temp;
4404 else
4405 op1 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, constant_term, XEXP (op1, 1));
4406 }
4407
4408 /* Put a constant term last and put a multiplication first. */
4409 if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op1) == MULT)
4410 temp = op1, op1 = op0, op0 = temp;
4411
4412 temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
4413 return temp ? temp : gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
4414
4415 case MINUS_EXPR:
4416 /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants,
4417 for the sake of an initializer. */
4418 if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
4419 && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
4420 && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4421 {
906c4e36
RK
4422 rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX,
4423 VOIDmode, modifier);
4424 rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX,
4425 VOIDmode, modifier);
bbf6f052
RK
4426 return gen_rtx (MINUS, mode, op0, op1);
4427 }
4428 /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */
4429 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
4430 {
4431 exp = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
4432 fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, type,
4433 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))));
4434 goto plus_expr;
4435 }
4436 this_optab = sub_optab;
4437 goto binop;
4438
4439 case MULT_EXPR:
4440 preexpand_calls (exp);
4441 /* If first operand is constant, swap them.
4442 Thus the following special case checks need only
4443 check the second operand. */
4444 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST)
4445 {
4446 register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4447 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
4448 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1;
4449 }
4450
4451 /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an
4452 indexed address, for machines that support that. */
4453
4454 if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == Pmode
4455 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
906c4e36 4456 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
bbf6f052
RK
4457 {
4458 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
4459
4460 /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c. */
4461 if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
4462 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT)
4463 return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
4464 gen_rtx (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
906c4e36
RK
4465 GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))),
4466 GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
4467 * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1))));
bbf6f052
RK
4468
4469 if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
906c4e36 4470 op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052
RK
4471 if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
4472 op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0);
4473
4474 return gen_rtx (MULT, mode, op0,
906c4e36 4475 GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))));
bbf6f052
RK
4476 }
4477
4478 if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4479 subtarget = 0;
4480
4481 /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended
4482 from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying
4483 in that narrower type with a result in the desired type,
4484 do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */
4485 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
4486 && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
4487 && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
4488 < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
4489 && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
4490 && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
4491 TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
4492 /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */
4493 && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))
906c4e36 4494 > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
bbf6f052
RK
4495 || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0))
4496 ||
4497 (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR
4498 && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)))
4499 ==
4500 TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))
4501 /* If both operands are extended, they must either both
4502 be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */
4503 && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)))
4504 ==
4505 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))))))
4506 {
4507 enum machine_mode innermode
4508 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)));
4509 this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
4510 ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab);
4511 if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)
4512 && this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
4513 {
4514 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0),
906c4e36 4515 NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052 4516 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
906c4e36
RK
4517 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX,
4518 VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4519 else
4520 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0),
906c4e36 4521 NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4522 goto binop2;
4523 }
4524 }
4525 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
906c4e36 4526 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4527 return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp);
4528
4529 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
4530 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
4531 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
4532 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
4533 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
4534 preexpand_calls (exp);
4535 if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4536 subtarget = 0;
4537 /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM
4538 then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case
4539 where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */
4540 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
906c4e36 4541 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4542 return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp);
4543
4544 case RDIV_EXPR:
4545 this_optab = flodiv_optab;
4546 goto binop;
4547
4548 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
4549 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
4550 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
4551 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
4552 preexpand_calls (exp);
4553 if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4554 subtarget = 0;
4555 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
906c4e36 4556 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4557 return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp);
4558
4559 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
4560 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
4561 case FIX_CEIL_EXPR:
4562 abort (); /* Not used for C. */
4563
4564 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
906c4e36 4565 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4566 if (target == 0)
4567 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4568 expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp);
4569 return target;
4570
4571 case FLOAT_EXPR:
906c4e36 4572 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4573 if (target == 0)
4574 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4575 /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode.
4576 So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */
4577 if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
4578 op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))),
4579 op0);
4580 expand_float (target, op0,
4581 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
4582 return target;
4583
4584 case NEGATE_EXPR:
4585 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
4586 temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0);
4587 if (temp == 0)
4588 abort ();
4589 return temp;
4590
4591 case ABS_EXPR:
4592 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
4593
2d7050fd
RS
4594 /* Handle complex values specially. */
4595 {
4596 enum machine_mode opmode
4597 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4598
4599 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (opmode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT
4600 || GET_MODE_CLASS (opmode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
4601 return expand_complex_abs (opmode, op0, target, unsignedp);
4602 }
4603
bbf6f052
RK
4604 /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't
4605 risk generating incorrect code below. */
4606 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
4607 return op0;
4608
4609 /* First try to do it with a special abs instruction. */
4610 temp = expand_unop (mode, abs_optab, op0, target, 0);
4611 if (temp != 0)
4612 return temp;
4613
4614 /* If this machine has expensive jumps, we can do integer absolute
4615 value of X as (((signed) x >> (W-1)) ^ x) - ((signed) x >> (W-1)),
4616 where W is the width of MODE. */
4617
4618 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && BRANCH_COST >= 2)
4619 {
4620 rtx extended = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, op0,
4621 size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1),
906c4e36 4622 NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4623
4624 temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, extended, op0, target, 0,
4625 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
4626 if (temp != 0)
4627 temp = expand_binop (mode, sub_optab, temp, extended, target, 0,
4628 OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
4629
4630 if (temp != 0)
4631 return temp;
4632 }
4633
4634 /* If that does not win, use conditional jump and negate. */
4635 target = original_target;
4636 temp = gen_label_rtx ();
4637 if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
4638 || (GET_CODE (target) == REG
4639 && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
4640 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4641 emit_move_insn (target, op0);
4642 emit_cmp_insn (target,
4643 expand_expr (convert (type, integer_zero_node),
906c4e36
RK
4644 NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0),
4645 GE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4646 NO_DEFER_POP;
4647 emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (temp));
4648 op0 = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, target, target, 0);
4649 if (op0 != target)
4650 emit_move_insn (target, op0);
4651 emit_label (temp);
4652 OK_DEFER_POP;
4653 return target;
4654
4655 case MAX_EXPR:
4656 case MIN_EXPR:
4657 target = original_target;
4658 if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
4659 || (GET_CODE (target) == REG
4660 && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
4661 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
906c4e36 4662 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4663 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
4664
4665 /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction.
4666 If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper
4667 value. */
4668 this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)
4669 ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab)
4670 : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab));
4671
4672 temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp,
4673 OPTAB_WIDEN);
4674 if (temp != 0)
4675 return temp;
4676
4677 if (target != op0)
4678 emit_move_insn (target, op0);
4679 op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
f81497d9
RS
4680 /* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly,
4681 compare word by word. Rely on cse to optimize constant cases. */
4682 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
4683 && !can_compare_p (mode))
bbf6f052 4684 {
f81497d9
RS
4685 if (code == MAX_EXPR)
4686 do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), target, op1, NULL, op0);
bbf6f052 4687 else
f81497d9 4688 do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), op1, target, NULL, op0);
bbf6f052
RK
4689 emit_move_insn (target, op1);
4690 }
f81497d9
RS
4691 else
4692 {
4693 if (code == MAX_EXPR)
4694 temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4695 ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)
4696 : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0));
4697 else
4698 temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4699 ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)
4700 : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0));
4701 if (temp == const0_rtx)
4702 emit_move_insn (target, op1);
4703 else if (temp != const_true_rtx)
4704 {
4705 if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0)
4706 emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op0));
4707 else
4708 abort ();
4709 emit_move_insn (target, op1);
4710 }
4711 }
bbf6f052
RK
4712 emit_label (op0);
4713 return target;
4714
4715/* ??? Can optimize when the operand of this is a bitwise operation,
4716 by using a different bitwise operation. */
4717 case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
4718 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
4719 temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1);
4720 if (temp == 0)
4721 abort ();
4722 return temp;
4723
4724 case FFS_EXPR:
4725 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
4726 temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1);
4727 if (temp == 0)
4728 abort ();
4729 return temp;
4730
4731/* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant.
4732 Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b)
4733 and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc)
4734 but that is probably not worth while. */
4735
4736/* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding.
4737 TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two boolean values
4738 when we want in all cases to compute both of them.
4739 In general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by
4740 computing both operands as actual zero-or-1 values
4741 and then bitwise anding. In cases where there cannot
4742 be any side effects, better code would be made by
4743 treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR;
4744 but the question is how to recognize those cases. */
4745
4746 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
4747 case BIT_AND_EXPR:
4748 this_optab = and_optab;
4749 goto binop;
4750
4751/* See comment above about TRUTH_AND_EXPR; it applies here too. */
4752 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
4753 case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
4754 this_optab = ior_optab;
4755 goto binop;
4756
874726a8 4757 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
bbf6f052
RK
4758 case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
4759 this_optab = xor_optab;
4760 goto binop;
4761
4762 case LSHIFT_EXPR:
4763 case RSHIFT_EXPR:
4764 case LROTATE_EXPR:
4765 case RROTATE_EXPR:
4766 preexpand_calls (exp);
4767 if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
4768 subtarget = 0;
4769 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
4770 return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target,
4771 unsignedp);
4772
4773/* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ.
4774 Also, the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */
4775 case LT_EXPR:
4776 case LE_EXPR:
4777 case GT_EXPR:
4778 case GE_EXPR:
4779 case EQ_EXPR:
4780 case NE_EXPR:
4781 preexpand_calls (exp);
4782 temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0);
4783 if (temp != 0)
4784 return temp;
4785 /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */
4786 if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
4787 && original_target
4788 && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG
4789 && (GET_MODE (original_target)
4790 == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
4791 {
4792 temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, VOIDmode, 0);
4793 if (temp != original_target)
4794 temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
4795 op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
906c4e36 4796 emit_cmp_insn (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX,
bbf6f052
RK
4797 GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, 0);
4798 emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (op1));
4799 emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx);
4800 emit_label (op1);
4801 return temp;
4802 }
4803 /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional
4804 store into a temporary variable. Drop through
4805 and handle this like && and ||. */
4806
4807 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
4808 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
e44842fe
RK
4809 if (! ignore
4810 && (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp)
4811 /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return
4812 value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */
4813 || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG
4814 && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)))
bbf6f052 4815 target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode);
e44842fe
RK
4816
4817 if (target)
4818 emit_clr_insn (target);
4819
bbf6f052
RK
4820 op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
4821 jumpifnot (exp, op1);
e44842fe
RK
4822
4823 if (target)
4824 emit_0_to_1_insn (target);
4825
bbf6f052 4826 emit_label (op1);
e44842fe 4827 return ignore ? const0_rtx : target;
bbf6f052
RK
4828
4829 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
4830 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
4831 /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
4832 only with operands that are always zero or one. */
906c4e36 4833 temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx,
bbf6f052
RK
4834 target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
4835 if (temp == 0)
4836 abort ();
4837 return temp;
4838
4839 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
4840 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
4841 emit_queue ();
4842 return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
4843 (ignore ? const0_rtx : target),
4844 VOIDmode, 0);
4845
4846 case COND_EXPR:
4847 {
4848 /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union
4849 are required to be constructed to contain assignments of
4850 a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here
4851 for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */
4852
4853 /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup,
4854 only that cleanup is performed. */
4855
4856 tree singleton = 0;
4857 tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0;
4858 tree old_cleanups = cleanups_this_call;
4859 cleanups_this_call = 0;
4860
4861 /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and
4862 convert it to our mode, if necessary. */
4863 if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
4864 && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))
4865 && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<')
4866 {
dd27116b
RK
4867 if (ignore)
4868 {
4869 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode,
4870 modifier);
4871 return const0_rtx;
4872 }
4873
bbf6f052
RK
4874 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, modifier);
4875 if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
4876 return op0;
4877 if (target == 0)
4878 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4879 convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp);
4880 return target;
4881 }
4882
4883 /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise,
4884 if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an
4885 intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a
4886 temporary. */
4887
dd27116b 4888 if (ignore)
bbf6f052
RK
4889 temp = 0;
4890 else if (original_target
4891 && safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
4892 temp = original_target;
4893 else if (mode == BLKmode)
4894 {
4895 if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0
4896 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST)
4897 abort ();
4898 temp = assign_stack_temp (BLKmode,
4899 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type))
4900 + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
4901 / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
4902 }
4903 else
4904 temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4905
4906 /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy
4907 A to the output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary
4908 operations. Don't do this if X has side-effects because
4909 those side effects might affect A or B and the "?" operation is
4910 a sequence point in ANSI. (We test for side effects later.) */
4911
4912 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2'
4913 && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2),
4914 TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0))
4915 singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
4916 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2'
4917 && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
4918 TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0))
4919 singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2);
4920 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1'
4921 && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2),
4922 TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0))
4923 singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
4924 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1'
4925 && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
4926 TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0))
4927 singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2);
4928
4929 /* If we had X ? A + 1 : A and we can do the test of X as a store-flag
4930 operation, do this as A + (X != 0). Similarly for other simple
4931 binary operators. */
dd27116b 4932 if (temp && singleton && binary_op
bbf6f052
RK
4933 && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
4934 && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR
4935 || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR
4936 || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR
4937 || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR
4938 || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_AND_EXPR)
4939 && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))
4940 && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<')
4941 {
4942 rtx result;
4943 optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR ? add_optab
4944 : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR ? sub_optab
4945 : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab
4946 : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR ? xor_optab
4947 : and_optab);
4948
4949 /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0).
4950
4951 We have to invert the truth value here and then put it
4952 back later if do_store_flag fails. We cannot simply copy
4953 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) to another variable and modify that
4954 because invert_truthvalue can modify the tree pointed to
4955 by its argument. */
4956 if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
4957 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)
4958 = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4959
4960 result = do_store_flag (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
906c4e36
RK
4961 (safe_from_p (temp, singleton)
4962 ? temp : NULL_RTX),
bbf6f052
RK
4963 mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1);
4964
4965 if (result)
4966 {
906c4e36 4967 op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4968 return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp,
4969 unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
4970 }
4971 else if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
4972 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)
4973 = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4974 }
4975
4976 NO_DEFER_POP;
4977 op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
4978
4979 if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
4980 {
4981 if (temp != 0)
4982 {
4983 /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the
4984 binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target
4985 if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition
4986 might clobber it. */
4987 if ((binary_op
4988 && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)))
4989 || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG
4990 && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
4991 temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
4992 store_expr (singleton, temp, 0);
4993 }
4994 else
906c4e36 4995 expand_expr (singleton,
2937cf87 4996 ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
4997 if (cleanups_this_call)
4998 {
4999 sorry ("aggregate value in COND_EXPR");
5000 cleanups_this_call = 0;
5001 }
5002 if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
5003 jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
5004 else
5005 jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
5006
5007 if (binary_op && temp == 0)
5008 /* Just touch the other operand. */
5009 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1),
906c4e36 5010 ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
5011 else if (binary_op)
5012 store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type,
5013 make_tree (type, temp),
5014 TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)),
5015 temp, 0);
5016 else
5017 store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type,
5018 make_tree (type, temp)),
5019 temp, 0);
5020 op1 = op0;
5021 }
5022#if 0
5023 /* This is now done in jump.c and is better done there because it
5024 produces shorter register lifetimes. */
5025
5026 /* Check for both possibilities either constants or variables
5027 in registers (but not the same as the target!). If so, can
5028 save branches by assigning one, branching, and assigning the
5029 other. */
5030 else if (temp && GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode
5031 && (TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
5032 || ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == PARM_DECL
5033 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == VAR_DECL)
5034 && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
5035 && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == REG
5036 && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != temp))
5037 && (TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))
5038 || ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == PARM_DECL
5039 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == VAR_DECL)
5040 && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))
5041 && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == REG
5042 && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) != temp)))
5043 {
5044 if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5045 temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5046 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0);
5047 jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
5048 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0);
5049 op1 = op0;
5050 }
5051#endif
5052 /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any
5053 comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the
5054 output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references),
5055 then set the output to FOO. */
5056 else if (temp
5057 && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<'
5058 && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1))
5059 && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0),
5060 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)
5061 && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
5062 && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)))
5063 {
5064 if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5065 temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5066 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0);
5067 jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
5068 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0);
5069 op1 = op0;
5070 }
5071 else if (temp
5072 && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<'
5073 && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1))
5074 && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0),
5075 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)
5076 && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
5077 && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
5078 {
5079 if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5080 temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5081 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0);
5082 jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
5083 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0);
5084 op1 = op0;
5085 }
5086 else
5087 {
5088 op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
5089 jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
5090 if (temp != 0)
5091 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0);
5092 else
906c4e36
RK
5093 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
5094 ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
5095 if (cleanups_this_call)
5096 {
5097 sorry ("aggregate value in COND_EXPR");
5098 cleanups_this_call = 0;
5099 }
5100
5101 emit_queue ();
5102 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1));
5103 emit_barrier ();
5104 emit_label (op0);
5105 if (temp != 0)
5106 store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0);
5107 else
906c4e36
RK
5108 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2),
5109 ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
5110 }
5111
5112 if (cleanups_this_call)
5113 {
5114 sorry ("aggregate value in COND_EXPR");
5115 cleanups_this_call = 0;
5116 }
5117
5118 emit_queue ();
5119 emit_label (op1);
5120 OK_DEFER_POP;
5121 cleanups_this_call = old_cleanups;
5122 return temp;
5123 }
5124
5125 case TARGET_EXPR:
5126 {
5127 /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know
5128 where that thing was when building the tree. For example,
5129 it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter
5130 to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary
5131 variable which must be passed by reference.
5132
5133 We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed
5134 or copied into our original target. */
5135
5136 tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
5c062816 5137 tree exp1;
bbf6f052
RK
5138
5139 if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL)
5140 abort ();
5141
5142 if (target == 0)
5143 {
5144 if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0)
ac993f4f
MS
5145 {
5146 target = DECL_RTL (slot);
5c062816 5147 /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do
ac993f4f 5148 it again. (mrs) */
5c062816
MS
5149 if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE)
5150 return target;
ac993f4f 5151 }
bbf6f052
RK
5152 else
5153 {
5154 target = assign_stack_temp (mode, int_size_in_bytes (type), 0);
5155 /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */
5156 preserve_temp_slots (target);
5157 DECL_RTL (slot) = target;
5158 }
5159
5160#if 0
ac993f4f
MS
5161 /* I bet this needs to be done, and I bet that it needs to
5162 be above, inside the else clause. The reason is
5163 simple, how else is it going to get cleaned up? (mrs)
5164
5165 The reason is probably did not work before, and was
5166 commented out is because this was re-expanding already
5167 expanded target_exprs (target == 0 and DECL_RTL (slot)
5168 != 0) also cleaning them up many times as well. :-( */
5169
bbf6f052
RK
5170 /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function
5171 to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit
5172 cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference
5173 to pass the reference as an argument. In this case,
5174 it is very likely that such a reference need not be
5175 built here. */
5176
5177 if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0)
5178 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = maybe_build_cleanup (slot);
5179 if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))
906c4e36
RK
5180 cleanups_this_call = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2),
5181 cleanups_this_call);
bbf6f052
RK
5182#endif
5183 }
5184 else
5185 {
5186 /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which
5187 needs to be constructed on the stack. The target
5188 is the actual stack address that we want to initialize.
5189 The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */
5190
8c042b47
RS
5191 /* If we have already assigned it space, use that space,
5192 not target that we were passed in, as our target
5193 parameter is only a hint. */
5194 if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0)
5195 {
5196 target = DECL_RTL (slot);
5197 /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do
5198 it again. (mrs) */
5199 if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE)
5200 return target;
5201 }
5202
bbf6f052
RK
5203 DECL_RTL (slot) = target;
5204 }
5205
5c062816
MS
5206 exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
5207 /* Mark it as expanded. */
5208 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = NULL_TREE;
5209
5210 return expand_expr (exp1, target, tmode, modifier);
bbf6f052
RK
5211 }
5212
5213 case INIT_EXPR:
5214 {
5215 tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
5216 tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
5217 tree noncopied_parts = 0;
5218 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
5219
5220 temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0);
5221 if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 && !fixed_type_p (rhs))
5222 noncopied_parts = init_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs),
5223 TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type));
5224 while (noncopied_parts != 0)
5225 {
5226 expand_assignment (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts),
5227 TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0);
5228 noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts);
5229 }
5230 return temp;
5231 }
5232
5233 case MODIFY_EXPR:
5234 {
5235 /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it.
5236 That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call.
5237 If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a
5238 target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an extra temp and copy
5239 and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code.
5240 Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars. */
5241
5242 tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
5243 tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
5244 tree noncopied_parts = 0;
5245 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
5246
5247 temp = 0;
5248
5249 if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL
5250 && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL
5251 && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL)
5252 preexpand_calls (exp);
5253
5254 /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield
5255 of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the
5256 assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a
5257 test followed by an assignment, if necessary.
5258
5259 ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if
5260 things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to
5261 support it. */
5262 if (ignore
5263 && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF
5264 && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR
5265 || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR)
5266 && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs
5267 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF
5268 && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) == 1
5269 && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1))) == 1)
5270 {
5271 rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
5272
5273 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1),
5274 TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0,
5275 TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0);
5276 expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs),
5277 (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR
5278 ? integer_one_node
5279 : integer_zero_node)),
5280 0, 0);
e7c33f54 5281 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
bbf6f052
RK
5282 emit_label (label);
5283 return const0_rtx;
5284 }
5285
5286 if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0
5287 && ! (fixed_type_p (lhs) && fixed_type_p (rhs)))
5288 noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs),
5289 TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type));
5290
5291 temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0);
5292 while (noncopied_parts != 0)
5293 {
5294 expand_assignment (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts),
5295 TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0);
5296 noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts);
5297 }
5298 return temp;
5299 }
5300
5301 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
5302 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
5303 return expand_increment (exp, 0);
5304
5305 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
5306 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
5307 /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */
5308 return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore);
5309
5310 case ADDR_EXPR:
5311 /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */
5312 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL
5313 && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0)
5314 {
5315 op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
5316 op0 = force_operand (op0, target);
5317 }
5318 else
5319 {
906c4e36 5320 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
bbf6f052
RK
5321 (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER
5322 ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS));
896102d0
RK
5323
5324 /* We would like the object in memory. If it is a constant,
5325 we can have it be statically allocated into memory. For
5326 a non-constant (REG or SUBREG), we need to allocate some
5327 memory and store the value into it. */
5328
5329 if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
5330 op0 = force_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))),
5331 op0);
5332
5333 if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
5334 {
5335 /* If this object is in a register, it must be not
5336 be BLKmode. */
5337 tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
5338 enum machine_mode inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (inner_type);
5339 rtx memloc
5340 = assign_stack_temp (inner_mode,
5341 int_size_in_bytes (inner_type), 1);
5342
5343 emit_move_insn (memloc, op0);
5344 op0 = memloc;
5345 }
5346
bbf6f052
RK
5347 if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM)
5348 abort ();
5349
5350 if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER)
5351 return XEXP (op0, 0);
5352 op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target);
5353 }
5354 if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
5355 return force_reg (Pmode, op0);
5356 return op0;
5357
5358 case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR:
5359 abort ();
5360
7308a047
RS
5361 /* COMPLEX type for Extended Pascal & Fortran */
5362 case COMPLEX_EXPR:
5363 {
5364 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5365
5366 rtx prev;
5367
5368 /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */
5369 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
5370 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
5371
5372 if (! target)
5373 target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5374
5375 prev = get_last_insn ();
5376
5377 /* Tell flow that the whole of the destination is being set. */
5378 if (GET_CODE (target) == REG)
5379 emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
5380
5381 /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */
2d7050fd
RS
5382 emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), op0);
5383 emit_move_insn (gen_imagpart (mode, target), op1);
7308a047
RS
5384
5385 /* Complex construction should appear as a single unit. */
5386 group_insns (prev);
5387
5388 return target;
5389 }
5390
5391 case REALPART_EXPR:
2d7050fd
RS
5392 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
5393 return gen_realpart (mode, op0);
7308a047
RS
5394
5395 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
2d7050fd
RS
5396 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
5397 return gen_imagpart (mode, op0);
7308a047
RS
5398
5399 case CONJ_EXPR:
5400 {
5401 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5402 rtx imag_t;
5403 rtx prev;
5404
5405 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
5406
5407 if (! target)
5408 target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5409
5410 prev = get_last_insn ();
5411
5412 /* Tell flow that the whole of the destination is being set. */
5413 if (GET_CODE (target) == REG)
5414 emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
5415
5416 /* Store the realpart and the negated imagpart to target. */
2d7050fd 5417 emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), gen_realpart (mode, op0));
7308a047 5418
2d7050fd 5419 imag_t = gen_imagpart (mode, target);
7308a047 5420 temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab,
2d7050fd 5421 gen_imagpart (mode, op0), imag_t, 0);
7308a047
RS
5422 if (temp != imag_t)
5423 emit_move_insn (imag_t, temp);
5424
5425 /* Conjugate should appear as a single unit */
5426 group_insns (prev);
5427
5428 return target;
5429 }
5430
bbf6f052 5431 case ERROR_MARK:
66538193
RS
5432 op0 = CONST0_RTX (tmode);
5433 if (op0 != 0)
5434 return op0;
bbf6f052
RK
5435 return const0_rtx;
5436
5437 default:
5438 return (*lang_expand_expr) (exp, target, tmode, modifier);
5439 }
5440
5441 /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction
5442 from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */
5443 binop:
5444 preexpand_calls (exp);
5445 if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
5446 subtarget = 0;
5447 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
906c4e36 5448 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
5449 binop2:
5450 temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target,
5451 unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
5452 if (temp == 0)
5453 abort ();
5454 return temp;
5455}
5456\f
e87b4f3f
RS
5457/* Return the alignment in bits of EXP, a pointer valued expression.
5458 But don't return more than MAX_ALIGN no matter what.
bbf6f052
RK
5459 The alignment returned is, by default, the alignment of the thing that
5460 EXP points to (if it is not a POINTER_TYPE, 0 is returned).
5461
5462 Otherwise, look at the expression to see if we can do better, i.e., if the
5463 expression is actually pointing at an object whose alignment is tighter. */
5464
5465static int
5466get_pointer_alignment (exp, max_align)
5467 tree exp;
5468 unsigned max_align;
5469{
5470 unsigned align, inner;
5471
5472 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE)
5473 return 0;
5474
5475 align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5476 align = MIN (align, max_align);
5477
5478 while (1)
5479 {
5480 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
5481 {
5482 case NOP_EXPR:
5483 case CONVERT_EXPR:
5484 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
5485 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
5486 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE)
5487 return align;
5488 inner = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5489 inner = MIN (inner, max_align);
5490 align = MAX (align, inner);
5491 break;
5492
5493 case PLUS_EXPR:
5494 /* If sum of pointer + int, restrict our maximum alignment to that
5495 imposed by the integer. If not, we can't do any better than
5496 ALIGN. */
5497 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST)
5498 return align;
5499
e87b4f3f
RS
5500 while (((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) * BITS_PER_UNIT)
5501 & (max_align - 1))
5502 != 0)
bbf6f052
RK
5503 max_align >>= 1;
5504
5505 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
5506 break;
5507
5508 case ADDR_EXPR:
5509 /* See what we are pointing at and look at its alignment. */
5510 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
e7c33f54
RK
5511 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL)
5512 align = MAX (align, FUNCTION_BOUNDARY);
5513 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd')
bbf6f052
RK
5514 align = MAX (align, DECL_ALIGN (exp));
5515#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
5516 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'c')
5517 align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align);
5518#endif
5519 return MIN (align, max_align);
5520
5521 default:
5522 return align;
5523 }
5524 }
5525}
5526\f
5527/* Return the tree node and offset if a given argument corresponds to
5528 a string constant. */
5529
5530static tree
5531string_constant (arg, ptr_offset)
5532 tree arg;
5533 tree *ptr_offset;
5534{
5535 STRIP_NOPS (arg);
5536
5537 if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR
5538 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST)
5539 {
5540 *ptr_offset = integer_zero_node;
5541 return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0);
5542 }
5543 else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR)
5544 {
5545 tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0);
5546 tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1);
5547
5548 STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
5549 STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
5550
5551 if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR
5552 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST)
5553 {
5554 *ptr_offset = arg1;
5555 return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0);
5556 }
5557 else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR
5558 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST)
5559 {
5560 *ptr_offset = arg0;
5561 return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0);
5562 }
5563 }
5564
5565 return 0;
5566}
5567
5568/* Compute the length of a C string. TREE_STRING_LENGTH is not the right
5569 way, because it could contain a zero byte in the middle.
5570 TREE_STRING_LENGTH is the size of the character array, not the string.
5571
5572 Unfortunately, string_constant can't access the values of const char
5573 arrays with initializers, so neither can we do so here. */
5574
5575static tree
5576c_strlen (src)
5577 tree src;
5578{
5579 tree offset_node;
5580 int offset, max;
5581 char *ptr;
5582
5583 src = string_constant (src, &offset_node);
5584 if (src == 0)
5585 return 0;
5586 max = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (src);
5587 ptr = TREE_STRING_POINTER (src);
5588 if (offset_node && TREE_CODE (offset_node) != INTEGER_CST)
5589 {
5590 /* If the string has an internal zero byte (e.g., "foo\0bar"), we can't
5591 compute the offset to the following null if we don't know where to
5592 start searching for it. */
5593 int i;
5594 for (i = 0; i < max; i++)
5595 if (ptr[i] == 0)
5596 return 0;
5597 /* We don't know the starting offset, but we do know that the string
5598 has no internal zero bytes. We can assume that the offset falls
5599 within the bounds of the string; otherwise, the programmer deserves
5600 what he gets. Subtract the offset from the length of the string,
5601 and return that. */
5602 /* This would perhaps not be valid if we were dealing with named
5603 arrays in addition to literal string constants. */
5604 return size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, size_int (max), offset_node);
5605 }
5606
5607 /* We have a known offset into the string. Start searching there for
5608 a null character. */
5609 if (offset_node == 0)
5610 offset = 0;
5611 else
5612 {
5613 /* Did we get a long long offset? If so, punt. */
5614 if (TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (offset_node) != 0)
5615 return 0;
5616 offset = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (offset_node);
5617 }
5618 /* If the offset is known to be out of bounds, warn, and call strlen at
5619 runtime. */
5620 if (offset < 0 || offset > max)
5621 {
5622 warning ("offset outside bounds of constant string");
5623 return 0;
5624 }
5625 /* Use strlen to search for the first zero byte. Since any strings
5626 constructed with build_string will have nulls appended, we win even
5627 if we get handed something like (char[4])"abcd".
5628
5629 Since OFFSET is our starting index into the string, no further
5630 calculation is needed. */
5631 return size_int (strlen (ptr + offset));
5632}
5633\f
5634/* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
5635 with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
5636 (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
5637 SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
5638 IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */
5639
5640static rtx
5641expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore)
5642 tree exp;
5643 rtx target;
5644 rtx subtarget;
5645 enum machine_mode mode;
5646 int ignore;
5647{
5648 tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0);
5649 tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
5650 rtx op0;
60bac6ea 5651 rtx lab1, insns;
bbf6f052 5652 enum machine_mode value_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
1bbddf11 5653 optab builtin_optab;
bbf6f052
RK
5654
5655 switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl))
5656 {
5657 case BUILT_IN_ABS:
5658 case BUILT_IN_LABS:
5659 case BUILT_IN_FABS:
5660 /* build_function_call changes these into ABS_EXPR. */
5661 abort ();
5662
1bbddf11
JVA
5663 case BUILT_IN_SIN:
5664 case BUILT_IN_COS:
e87b4f3f
RS
5665 case BUILT_IN_FSQRT:
5666 /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */
8c8a8e34 5667 if (! optimize)
e87b4f3f
RS
5668 break;
5669
5670 if (arglist == 0
19deaec9 5671 /* Arg could be wrong type if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
e87b4f3f 5672 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != REAL_TYPE)
19deaec9 5673 return CONST0_RTX (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
e87b4f3f 5674
db0e6d01
RS
5675 /* Stabilize and compute the argument. */
5676 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != VAR_DECL
5677 && TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != PARM_DECL)
5678 {
5679 exp = copy_node (exp);
5680 arglist = copy_node (arglist);
5681 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = arglist;
5682 TREE_VALUE (arglist) = save_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist));
5683 }
e87b4f3f 5684 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
e7c33f54
RK
5685
5686 /* Make a suitable register to place result in. */
5687 target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5688
c1f7c223 5689 emit_queue ();
8c8a8e34 5690 start_sequence ();
e7c33f54 5691
1bbddf11
JVA
5692 switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl))
5693 {
5694 case BUILT_IN_SIN:
5695 builtin_optab = sin_optab; break;
5696 case BUILT_IN_COS:
5697 builtin_optab = cos_optab; break;
5698 case BUILT_IN_FSQRT:
5699 builtin_optab = sqrt_optab; break;
5700 default:
5701 abort ();
5702 }
5703
5704 /* Compute into TARGET.
e87b4f3f
RS
5705 Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */
5706 target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))),
1bbddf11 5707 builtin_optab, op0, target, 0);
e7c33f54
RK
5708
5709 /* If we were unable to expand via the builtin, stop the
5710 sequence (without outputting the insns) and break, causing
5711 a call the the library function. */
e87b4f3f 5712 if (target == 0)
e7c33f54 5713 {
8c8a8e34 5714 end_sequence ();
e7c33f54
RK
5715 break;
5716 }
e87b4f3f 5717
60bac6ea
RS
5718 /* Check the results by default. But if flag_fast_math is turned on,
5719 then assume sqrt will always be called with valid arguments. */
5720
5721 if (! flag_fast_math)
5722 {
1bbddf11 5723 /* Don't define the builtin FP instructions
60bac6ea
RS
5724 if your machine is not IEEE. */
5725 if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT)
5726 abort ();
5727
5728 lab1 = gen_label_rtx ();
5729
5730 /* Test the result; if it is NaN, set errno=EDOM because
5731 the argument was not in the domain. */
5732 emit_cmp_insn (target, target, EQ, 0, GET_MODE (target), 0, 0);
5733 emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (lab1));
5734
5735#if TARGET_EDOM
5736 {
5737#ifdef GEN_ERRNO_RTX
5738 rtx errno_rtx = GEN_ERRNO_RTX;
5739#else
5740 rtx errno_rtx
5741 = gen_rtx (MEM, word_mode, gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "*errno"));
5742#endif
5743
5744 emit_move_insn (errno_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_EDOM));
5745 }
5746#else
5747 /* We can't set errno=EDOM directly; let the library call do it.
5748 Pop the arguments right away in case the call gets deleted. */
5749 NO_DEFER_POP;
5750 expand_call (exp, target, 0);
5751 OK_DEFER_POP;
5752#endif
5753
5754 emit_label (lab1);
5755 }
e87b4f3f 5756
e7c33f54 5757 /* Output the entire sequence. */
8c8a8e34
JW
5758 insns = get_insns ();
5759 end_sequence ();
5760 emit_insns (insns);
e7c33f54
RK
5761
5762 return target;
5763
0006469d
TW
5764 /* __builtin_apply_args returns block of memory allocated on
5765 the stack into which is stored the arg pointer, structure
5766 value address, static chain, and all the registers that might
5767 possibly be used in performing a function call. The code is
5768 moved to the start of the function so the incoming values are
5769 saved. */
5770 case BUILT_IN_APPLY_ARGS:
5771 /* Don't do __builtin_apply_args more than once in a function.
5772 Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */
5773 if (apply_args_value != 0)
5774 return apply_args_value;
5775 {
5776 /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be
5777 saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the
5778 call to the first insn of this function. */
5779 rtx temp;
5780 rtx seq;
5781
5782 start_sequence ();
5783 temp = expand_builtin_apply_args ();
5784 seq = get_insns ();
5785 end_sequence ();
5786
5787 apply_args_value = temp;
5788
5789 /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function.
5790 If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn
5791 chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the
5792 function. */
5793 push_topmost_sequence ();
5794 emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ()));
5795 pop_topmost_sequence ();
5796 return temp;
5797 }
5798
5799 /* __builtin_apply (FUNCTION, ARGUMENTS, ARGSIZE) invokes
5800 FUNCTION with a copy of the parameters described by
5801 ARGUMENTS, and ARGSIZE. It returns a block of memory
5802 allocated on the stack into which is stored all the registers
5803 that might possibly be used for returning the result of a
5804 function. ARGUMENTS is the value returned by
5805 __builtin_apply_args. ARGSIZE is the number of bytes of
5806 arguments that must be copied. ??? How should this value be
5807 computed? We'll also need a safe worst case value for varargs
5808 functions. */
5809 case BUILT_IN_APPLY:
5810 if (arglist == 0
5811 /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
5812 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE
5813 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0
5814 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE
5815 || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0
5816 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
5817 return const0_rtx;
5818 else
5819 {
5820 int i;
5821 tree t;
5822 rtx ops[3];
5823
5824 for (t = arglist, i = 0; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t), i++)
5825 ops[i] = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (t), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
5826
5827 return expand_builtin_apply (ops[0], ops[1], ops[2]);
5828 }
5829
5830 /* __builtin_return (RESULT) causes the function to return the
5831 value described by RESULT. RESULT is address of the block of
5832 memory returned by __builtin_apply. */
5833 case BUILT_IN_RETURN:
5834 if (arglist
5835 /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
5836 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) == POINTER_TYPE)
5837 expand_builtin_return (expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist),
5838 NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0));
5839 return const0_rtx;
5840
bbf6f052
RK
5841 case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS:
5842 /* Don't do __builtin_saveregs more than once in a function.
5843 Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */
5844 if (saveregs_value != 0)
5845 return saveregs_value;
5846 {
5847 /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be
5848 saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the
5849 call to the first insn of this function. */
5850 rtx temp;
5851 rtx seq;
5852 rtx valreg, saved_valreg;
5853
5854 /* Now really call the function. `expand_call' does not call
5855 expand_builtin, so there is no danger of infinite recursion here. */
5856 start_sequence ();
5857
5858#ifdef EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
5859 /* Do whatever the machine needs done in this case. */
5860 temp = EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS (arglist);
5861#else
5862 /* The register where the function returns its value
5863 is likely to have something else in it, such as an argument.
5864 So preserve that register around the call. */
5865 if (value_mode != VOIDmode)
5866 {
5867 valreg = hard_libcall_value (value_mode);
5868 saved_valreg = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode);
5869 emit_move_insn (saved_valreg, valreg);
5870 }
5871
5872 /* Generate the call, putting the value in a pseudo. */
5873 temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore);
5874
5875 if (value_mode != VOIDmode)
5876 emit_move_insn (valreg, saved_valreg);
5877#endif
5878
5879 seq = get_insns ();
5880 end_sequence ();
5881
5882 saveregs_value = temp;
5883
0006469d
TW
5884 /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function.
5885 If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn
5886 chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the
5887 function. */
5888 push_topmost_sequence ();
bbf6f052 5889 emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ()));
0006469d 5890 pop_topmost_sequence ();
bbf6f052
RK
5891 return temp;
5892 }
5893
5894 /* __builtin_args_info (N) returns word N of the arg space info
5895 for the current function. The number and meanings of words
5896 is controlled by the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS. */
5897 case BUILT_IN_ARGS_INFO:
5898 {
5899 int nwords = sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) / sizeof (int);
5900 int i;
5901 int *word_ptr = (int *) &current_function_args_info;
5902 tree type, elts, result;
5903
5904 if (sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) % sizeof (int) != 0)
5905 fatal ("CUMULATIVE_ARGS type defined badly; see %s, line %d",
5906 __FILE__, __LINE__);
5907
5908 if (arglist != 0)
5909 {
5910 tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
5911 if (TREE_CODE (arg) != INTEGER_CST)
42b85a55 5912 error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' must be constant");
bbf6f052
RK
5913 else
5914 {
5915 int wordnum = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg);
5916
42b85a55
RS
5917 if (wordnum < 0 || wordnum >= nwords || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg))
5918 error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' out of range");
bbf6f052 5919 else
906c4e36 5920 return GEN_INT (word_ptr[wordnum]);
bbf6f052
RK
5921 }
5922 }
5923 else
42b85a55 5924 error ("missing argument in `__builtin_args_info'");
bbf6f052
RK
5925
5926 return const0_rtx;
5927
5928#if 0
5929 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
5930 elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, build_int_2 (word_ptr[i], 0));
5931
5932 type = build_array_type (integer_type_node,
5933 build_index_type (build_int_2 (nwords, 0)));
5934 result = build (CONSTRUCTOR, type, NULL_TREE, nreverse (elts));
5935 TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1;
5936 TREE_STATIC (result) = 1;
5937 result = build (INDIRECT_REF, build_pointer_type (type), result);
5938 TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1;
906c4e36 5939 return expand_expr (result, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
5940#endif
5941 }
5942
5943 /* Return the address of the first anonymous stack arg. */
5944 case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG:
5945 {
5946 tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl);
5947 if (!(TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0
5948 && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype)))
5949 != void_type_node)))
5950 {
5951 error ("`va_start' used in function with fixed args");
5952 return const0_rtx;
5953 }
5954 }
5955
5956 return expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab,
5957 current_function_internal_arg_pointer,
5958 current_function_arg_offset_rtx,
906c4e36 5959 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
bbf6f052
RK
5960
5961 case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE:
5962 if (arglist != 0)
5963 {
5964 tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist));
5965 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
5966 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
906c4e36 5967 return GEN_INT (void_type_class);
bbf6f052 5968 if (code == INTEGER_TYPE)
906c4e36 5969 return GEN_INT (integer_type_class);
bbf6f052 5970 if (code == CHAR_TYPE)
906c4e36 5971 return GEN_INT (char_type_class);
bbf6f052 5972 if (code == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
906c4e36 5973 return GEN_INT (enumeral_type_class);
bbf6f052 5974 if (code == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
906c4e36 5975 return GEN_INT (boolean_type_class);
bbf6f052 5976 if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
906c4e36 5977 return GEN_INT (pointer_type_class);
bbf6f052 5978 if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
906c4e36 5979 return GEN_INT (reference_type_class);
bbf6f052 5980 if (code == OFFSET_TYPE)
906c4e36 5981 return GEN_INT (offset_type_class);
bbf6f052 5982 if (code == REAL_TYPE)
906c4e36 5983 return GEN_INT (real_type_class);
bbf6f052 5984 if (code == COMPLEX_TYPE)
906c4e36 5985 return GEN_INT (complex_type_class);
bbf6f052 5986 if (code == FUNCTION_TYPE)
906c4e36 5987 return GEN_INT (function_type_class);
bbf6f052 5988 if (code == METHOD_TYPE)
906c4e36 5989 return GEN_INT (method_type_class);
bbf6f052 5990 if (code == RECORD_TYPE)
906c4e36 5991 return GEN_INT (record_type_class);
e7f3c83f 5992 if (code == UNION_TYPE || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
906c4e36 5993 return GEN_INT (union_type_class);
bbf6f052 5994 if (code == ARRAY_TYPE)
906c4e36 5995 return GEN_INT (array_type_class);
bbf6f052 5996 if (code == STRING_TYPE)
906c4e36 5997 return GEN_INT (string_type_class);
bbf6f052 5998 if (code == SET_TYPE)
906c4e36 5999 return GEN_INT (set_type_class);
bbf6f052 6000 if (code == FILE_TYPE)
906c4e36 6001 return GEN_INT (file_type_class);
bbf6f052 6002 if (code == LANG_TYPE)
906c4e36 6003 return GEN_INT (lang_type_class);
bbf6f052 6004 }
906c4e36 6005 return GEN_INT (no_type_class);
bbf6f052
RK
6006
6007 case BUILT_IN_CONSTANT_P:
6008 if (arglist == 0)
6009 return const0_rtx;
6010 else
cda0ec81 6011 return (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) == 'c'
bbf6f052
RK
6012 ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx);
6013
6014 case BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS:
6015 /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant.
6016 It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack.
6017 The value is the address of that frame. */
6018 case BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS:
6019 /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant.
6020 It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack.
6021 The value is the return address saved in that frame. */
6022 if (arglist == 0)
6023 /* Warning about missing arg was already issued. */
6024 return const0_rtx;
6025 else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != INTEGER_CST)
6026 {
42b85a55 6027 error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_return_address'");
bbf6f052
RK
6028 return const0_rtx;
6029 }
6030 else if (tree_int_cst_lt (TREE_VALUE (arglist), integer_zero_node))
6031 {
42b85a55 6032 error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_return_address'");
bbf6f052
RK
6033 return const0_rtx;
6034 }
6035 else
6036 {
6037 int count = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (arglist));
6038 rtx tem = frame_pointer_rtx;
6039 int i;
6040
46b68a37
JW
6041 /* Some machines need special handling before we can access arbitrary
6042 frames. For example, on the sparc, we must first flush all
6043 register windows to the stack. */
6044#ifdef SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
6045 SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES ();
6046#endif
6047
6048 /* On the sparc, the return address is not in the frame, it is
6049 in a register. There is no way to access it off of the current
6050 frame pointer, but it can be accessed off the previous frame
6051 pointer by reading the value from the register window save
6052 area. */
6053#ifdef RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
6054 if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS)
6055 count--;
6056#endif
6057
bbf6f052
RK
6058 /* Scan back COUNT frames to the specified frame. */
6059 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6060 {
6061 /* Assume the dynamic chain pointer is in the word that
6062 the frame address points to, unless otherwise specified. */
6063#ifdef DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS
6064 tem = DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (tem);
6065#endif
6066 tem = memory_address (Pmode, tem);
6067 tem = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, tem));
6068 }
6069
6070 /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */
6071 if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS)
6072 return tem;
6073
6074 /* For __builtin_return_address,
6075 Get the return address from that frame. */
6076#ifdef RETURN_ADDR_RTX
6077 return RETURN_ADDR_RTX (count, tem);
6078#else
6079 tem = memory_address (Pmode,
6080 plus_constant (tem, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode)));
6081 return copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, tem));
6082#endif
6083 }
6084
6085 case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA:
6086 if (arglist == 0
6087 /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
6088 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
6089 return const0_rtx;
6090 current_function_calls_alloca = 1;
6091 /* Compute the argument. */
906c4e36 6092 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
6093
6094 /* Allocate the desired space. */
8c8a8e34 6095 target = allocate_dynamic_stack_space (op0, target, BITS_PER_UNIT);
bbf6f052
RK
6096
6097 /* Record the new stack level for nonlocal gotos. */
6dc42e49 6098 if (nonlocal_goto_handler_slot != 0)
906c4e36 6099 emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &nonlocal_goto_stack_level, NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052
RK
6100 return target;
6101
6102 case BUILT_IN_FFS:
6103 /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */
6104 if (!optimize)
6105 break;
6106
6107 if (arglist == 0
6108 /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
6109 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
6110 return const0_rtx;
6111
6112 /* Compute the argument. */
6113 op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
6114 /* Compute ffs, into TARGET if possible.
6115 Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */
6116 target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))),
6117 ffs_optab, op0, target, 1);
6118 if (target == 0)
6119 abort ();
6120 return target;
6121
6122 case BUILT_IN_STRLEN:
6123 /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */
6124 if (!optimize)
6125 break;
6126
6127 if (arglist == 0
6128 /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
6129 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE)
6130 return const0_rtx;
6131 else
6132 {
e7c33f54
RK
6133 tree src = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
6134 tree len = c_strlen (src);
bbf6f052 6135
e7c33f54
RK
6136 int align
6137 = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6138
6139 rtx result, src_rtx, char_rtx;
6140 enum machine_mode insn_mode = value_mode, char_mode;
6141 enum insn_code icode;
6142
6143 /* If the length is known, just return it. */
6144 if (len != 0)
6145 return expand_expr (len, target, mode, 0);
6146
6147 /* If SRC is not a pointer type, don't do this operation inline. */
6148 if (align == 0)
6149 break;
6150
6151 /* Call a function if we can't compute strlen in the right mode. */
6152
6153 while (insn_mode != VOIDmode)
6154 {
6155 icode = strlen_optab->handlers[(int) insn_mode].insn_code;
6156 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6157 break;
6158
6159 insn_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (insn_mode);
6160 }
6161 if (insn_mode == VOIDmode)
bbf6f052 6162 break;
e7c33f54
RK
6163
6164 /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */
6165 result = target;
6166 if (! (result != 0
6167 && GET_CODE (result) == REG
6168 && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode
6169 && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
6170 result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode);
6171
4d613828 6172 /* Make sure the operands are acceptable to the predicates. */
e7c33f54 6173
4d613828 6174 if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][0]) (result, insn_mode))
e7c33f54
RK
6175 result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode);
6176
6177 src_rtx = memory_address (BLKmode,
906c4e36 6178 expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, Pmode,
e7c33f54 6179 EXPAND_NORMAL));
4d613828 6180 if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][1]) (src_rtx, Pmode))
e7c33f54
RK
6181 src_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, src_rtx);
6182
6183 char_rtx = const0_rtx;
4d613828
RS
6184 char_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int)icode][2];
6185 if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][2]) (char_rtx, char_mode))
e7c33f54
RK
6186 char_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (char_mode, char_rtx);
6187
6188 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (result,
6189 gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, src_rtx),
906c4e36 6190 char_rtx, GEN_INT (align)));
e7c33f54
RK
6191
6192 /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */
6193 if (GET_MODE (result) == value_mode)
6194 return result;
6195 else if (target != 0)
6196 {
6197 convert_move (target, result, 0);
6198 return target;
6199 }
6200 else
6201 return convert_to_mode (value_mode, result, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
6202 }
6203
6204 case BUILT_IN_STRCPY:
6205 /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */
6206 if (!optimize)
6207 break;
6208
6209 if (arglist == 0
6210 /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
6211 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE
6212 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0
6213 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE)
6214 return const0_rtx;
6215 else
6216 {
6217 tree len = c_strlen (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
6218
6219 if (len == 0)
6220 break;
6221
6222 len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, len, integer_one_node);
6223
906c4e36 6224 chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len));
bbf6f052
RK
6225 }
6226
6227 /* Drops in. */
6228 case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY:
6229 /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */
6230 if (!optimize)
6231 break;
6232
6233 if (arglist == 0
6234 /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
6235 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE
6236 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0
6237 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE
6238 || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0
6239 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
6240 return const0_rtx;
6241 else
6242 {
6243 tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
6244 tree src = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
6245 tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
6246
6247 int src_align
6248 = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6249 int dest_align
6250 = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9937da1a 6251 rtx dest_rtx, dest_mem, src_mem;
bbf6f052
RK
6252
6253 /* If either SRC or DEST is not a pointer type, don't do
6254 this operation in-line. */
6255 if (src_align == 0 || dest_align == 0)
6256 {
6257 if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCPY)
6258 TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0;
6259 break;
6260 }
6261
906c4e36 6262 dest_rtx = expand_expr (dest, NULL_RTX, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
9937da1a
RS
6263 dest_mem = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode,
6264 memory_address (BLKmode, dest_rtx));
6265 src_mem = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode,
6266 memory_address (BLKmode,
6267 expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX,
6268 Pmode,
6269 EXPAND_NORMAL)));
bbf6f052
RK
6270
6271 /* Copy word part most expediently. */
9937da1a 6272 emit_block_move (dest_mem, src_mem,
906c4e36 6273 expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0),
bbf6f052
RK
6274 MIN (src_align, dest_align));
6275 return dest_rtx;
6276 }
6277
6278/* These comparison functions need an instruction that returns an actual
6279 index. An ordinary compare that just sets the condition codes
6280 is not enough. */
6281#ifdef HAVE_cmpstrsi
6282 case BUILT_IN_STRCMP:
6283 /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */
6284 if (!optimize)
6285 break;
6286
6287 if (arglist == 0
6288 /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
6289 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE
6290 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0
6291 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE)
6292 return const0_rtx;
6293 else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi)
6294 break;
6295 {
6296 tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
6297 tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
6298 tree offset;
6299 tree len, len2;
6300
6301 len = c_strlen (arg1);
6302 if (len)
6303 len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len);
6304 len2 = c_strlen (arg2);
6305 if (len2)
6306 len2 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len2);
6307
6308 /* If we don't have a constant length for the first, use the length
6309 of the second, if we know it. We don't require a constant for
6310 this case; some cost analysis could be done if both are available
6311 but neither is constant. For now, assume they're equally cheap.
6312
6313 If both strings have constant lengths, use the smaller. This
6314 could arise if optimization results in strcpy being called with
6315 two fixed strings, or if the code was machine-generated. We should
6316 add some code to the `memcmp' handler below to deal with such
6317 situations, someday. */
6318 if (!len || TREE_CODE (len) != INTEGER_CST)
6319 {
6320 if (len2)
6321 len = len2;
6322 else if (len == 0)
6323 break;
6324 }
6325 else if (len2 && TREE_CODE (len2) == INTEGER_CST)
6326 {
6327 if (tree_int_cst_lt (len2, len))
6328 len = len2;
6329 }
6330
906c4e36 6331 chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len));
bbf6f052
RK
6332 }
6333
6334 /* Drops in. */
6335 case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP:
6336 /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */
6337 if (!optimize)
6338 break;
6339
6340 if (arglist == 0
6341 /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */
6342 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE
6343 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0
6344 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE
6345 || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0
6346 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
6347 return const0_rtx;
6348 else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi)
6349 break;
6350 {
6351 tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
6352 tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
6353 tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
6354 rtx result;
6355
6356 int arg1_align
6357 = get_pointer_alignment (arg1, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6358 int arg2_align
6359 = get_pointer_alignment (arg2, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6360 enum machine_mode insn_mode
6361 = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrsi][0];
6362
6363 /* If we don't have POINTER_TYPE, call the function. */
6364 if (arg1_align == 0 || arg2_align == 0)
6365 {
6366 if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCMP)
6367 TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0;
6368 break;
6369 }
6370
6371 /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */
6372 result = target;
6373 if (! (result != 0
6374 && GET_CODE (result) == REG && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode
6375 && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
6376 result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode);
6377
6378 emit_insn (gen_cmpstrsi (result,
6379 gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode,
906c4e36
RK
6380 expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, Pmode,
6381 EXPAND_NORMAL)),
bbf6f052 6382 gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode,
906c4e36
RK
6383 expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, Pmode,
6384 EXPAND_NORMAL)),
6385 expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0),
6386 GEN_INT (MIN (arg1_align, arg2_align))));
bbf6f052
RK
6387
6388 /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */
6389 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
6390 if (GET_MODE (result) == mode)
6391 return result;
6392 else if (target != 0)
6393 {
6394 convert_move (target, result, 0);
6395 return target;
6396 }
6397 else
6398 return convert_to_mode (mode, result, 0);
6399 }
6400#else
6401 case BUILT_IN_STRCMP:
6402 case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP:
6403 break;
6404#endif
6405
6406 default: /* just do library call, if unknown builtin */
42b85a55 6407 error ("built-in function `%s' not currently supported",
bbf6f052
RK
6408 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)));
6409 }
6410
6411 /* The switch statement above can drop through to cause the function
6412 to be called normally. */
6413
6414 return expand_call (exp, target, ignore);
6415}
6416\f
0006469d
TW
6417/* Built-in functions to perform an untyped call and return. */
6418
6419/* For each register that may be used for calling a function, this
6420 gives a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates
6421 the register is not used for calling a function. If the machine
6422 has register windows, this gives only the outbound registers.
6423 INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */
6424static enum machine_mode apply_args_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
6425
6426/* For each register that may be used for returning values, this gives
6427 a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates the
6428 register is not used for returning values. If the machine has
6429 register windows, this gives only the outbound registers.
6430 INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */
6431static enum machine_mode apply_result_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
6432
6433/* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply_args,
6434 and initialize apply_args_mode. */
6435static int
6436apply_args_size ()
6437{
6438 static int size = -1;
6439 int align, regno;
6440 enum machine_mode mode;
6441
6442 /* The values computed by this function never change. */
6443 if (size < 0)
6444 {
6445 /* The first value is the incoming arg-pointer. */
6446 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6447
6448 /* The second value is the structure value address unless this is
6449 passed as an "invisible" first argument. */
6450 if (struct_value_rtx)
6451 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6452
6453 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
6454 if (FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (regno))
6455 {
6456 /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's
6457 value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */
6458 enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode;
6459
6460 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
6461 mode != VOIDmode;
6462 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
6463 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)
6464 && HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) == 1)
6465 best_mode = mode;
6466
6467 if (best_mode == VOIDmode)
6468 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT);
6469 mode != VOIDmode;
6470 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
6471 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)
6472 && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code
6473 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
6474 best_mode = mode;
6475
6476 mode = best_mode;
6477 if (mode == VOIDmode)
6478 abort ();
6479
6480 align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6481 if (size % align != 0)
6482 size = CEIL (size, align) * align;
6483 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6484 apply_args_mode[regno] = mode;
6485 }
6486 else
6487 apply_args_mode[regno] = VOIDmode;
6488 }
6489 return size;
6490}
6491
6492/* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply,
6493 and initialize apply_result_mode. */
6494static int
6495apply_result_size ()
6496{
6497 static int size = -1;
6498 int align, regno;
6499 enum machine_mode mode;
6500
6501 /* The values computed by this function never change. */
6502 if (size < 0)
6503 {
6504 size = 0;
6505
6506 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
6507 if (FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (regno))
6508 {
6509 /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's
6510 value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */
6511 enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode;
6512
6513 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
6514 mode != TImode;
6515 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
6516 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode))
6517 best_mode = mode;
6518
6519 if (best_mode == VOIDmode)
6520 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT);
6521 mode != VOIDmode;
6522 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
6523 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)
6524 && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code
6525 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
6526 best_mode = mode;
6527
6528 mode = best_mode;
6529 if (mode == VOIDmode)
6530 abort ();
6531
6532 align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6533 if (size % align != 0)
6534 size = CEIL (size, align) * align;
6535 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6536 apply_result_mode[regno] = mode;
6537 }
6538 else
6539 apply_result_mode[regno] = VOIDmode;
6540
6541 /* Allow targets that use untyped_call and untyped_return to override
6542 the size so that machine-specific information can be stored here. */
6543#ifdef APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
6544 size = APPLY_RESULT_SIZE;
6545#endif
6546 }
6547 return size;
6548}
6549
6550#if defined (HAVE_untyped_call) || defined (HAVE_untyped_return)
6551/* Create a vector describing the result block RESULT. If SAVEP is true,
6552 the result block is used to save the values; otherwise it is used to
6553 restore the values. */
6554static rtx
6555result_vector (savep, result)
6556 int savep;
6557 rtx result;
6558{
6559 int regno, size, align, nelts;
6560 enum machine_mode mode;
6561 rtx reg, mem;
6562 rtx *savevec = (rtx *) alloca (FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof (rtx));
6563
6564 size = nelts = 0;
6565 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
6566 if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode)
6567 {
6568 align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6569 if (size % align != 0)
6570 size = CEIL (size, align) * align;
6571 reg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, savep ? INCOMING_REGNO (regno) : regno);
6572 mem = change_address (result, mode,
6573 plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0), size));
6574 savevec[nelts++] = (savep
6575 ? gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, mem, reg)
6576 : gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, reg, mem));
6577 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6578 }
6579 return gen_rtx (PARALLEL, VOIDmode, gen_rtvec_v (nelts, savevec));
6580}
6581#endif /* HAVE_untyped_call or HAVE_untyped_return */
6582
6583
6584/* Save the state required to perform an untyped call with the same
6585 arguments as were passed to the current function. */
6586static rtx
6587expand_builtin_apply_args ()
6588{
6589 rtx registers;
6590 int size, align, regno;
6591 enum machine_mode mode;
6592
6593 /* Create a block where the arg-pointer, structure value address,
6594 and argument registers can be saved. */
6595 registers = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_args_size (), -1);
6596
6597 /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */
6598 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6599 if (struct_value_rtx)
6600 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6601
6602 /* Save each register used in calling a function to the block. */
6603 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
6604 if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode)
6605 {
6606 align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6607 if (size % align != 0)
6608 size = CEIL (size, align) * align;
6609 emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, mode,
6610 plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0),
6611 size)),
6612 gen_rtx (REG, mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno)));
6613 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6614 }
6615
6616 /* Save the arg pointer to the block. */
6617 emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode, XEXP (registers, 0)),
6618 copy_to_reg (virtual_incoming_args_rtx));
6619 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6620
6621 /* Save the structure value address unless this is passed as an
6622 "invisible" first argument. */
6623 if (struct_value_incoming_rtx)
6624 {
6625 emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode,
6626 plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0),
6627 size)),
6628 copy_to_reg (struct_value_incoming_rtx));
6629 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6630 }
6631
6632 /* Return the address of the block. */
6633 return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (registers, 0));
6634}
6635
6636/* Perform an untyped call and save the state required to perform an
6637 untyped return of whatever value was returned by the given function. */
6638static rtx
6639expand_builtin_apply (function, arguments, argsize)
6640 rtx function, arguments, argsize;
6641{
6642 int size, align, regno;
6643 enum machine_mode mode;
6644 rtx incoming_args, result, reg, dest, call_insn;
6645 rtx old_stack_level = 0;
6646 rtx use_insns = 0;
6647
6648 /* Create a block where the return registers can be saved. */
6649 result = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_result_size (), -1);
6650
6651 /* ??? The argsize value should be adjusted here. */
6652
6653 /* Fetch the arg pointer from the ARGUMENTS block. */
6654 incoming_args = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
6655 emit_move_insn (incoming_args,
6656 gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, arguments));
6657#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
6658 incoming_args = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, incoming_args, argsize,
6659 incoming_args, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
6660#endif
6661
6662 /* Perform postincrements before actually calling the function. */
6663 emit_queue ();
6664
6665 /* Push a new argument block and copy the arguments. */
6666 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
6667 emit_stack_save (SAVE_BLOCK, &old_stack_level, NULL_RTX);
6668
6669 /* Push a block of memory onto the stack to store the memory arguments.
6670 Save the address in a register, and copy the memory arguments. ??? I
6671 haven't figured out how the calling convention macros effect this,
6672 but it's likely that the source and/or destination addresses in
6673 the block copy will need updating in machine specific ways. */
6674 dest = copy_addr_to_reg (push_block (argsize, 0, 0));
6675 emit_block_move (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, dest),
6676 gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, incoming_args),
6677 argsize,
6678 PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
6679
6680 /* Refer to the argument block. */
6681 apply_args_size ();
6682 arguments = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, arguments);
6683
6684 /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */
6685 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6686 if (struct_value_rtx)
6687 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6688
6689 /* Restore each of the registers previously saved. Make USE insns
6690 for each of these registers for use in making the call. */
6691 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
6692 if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode)
6693 {
6694 align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6695 if (size % align != 0)
6696 size = CEIL (size, align) * align;
6697 reg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, regno);
6698 emit_move_insn (reg,
6699 change_address (arguments, mode,
6700 plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0),
6701 size)));
6702
6703 push_to_sequence (use_insns);
6704 emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, reg));
6705 use_insns = get_insns ();
6706 end_sequence ();
6707 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6708 }
6709
6710 /* Restore the structure value address unless this is passed as an
6711 "invisible" first argument. */
6712 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6713 if (struct_value_rtx)
6714 {
6715 rtx value = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
6716 emit_move_insn (value,
6717 change_address (arguments, Pmode,
6718 plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0),
6719 size)));
6720 emit_move_insn (struct_value_rtx, value);
6721 if (GET_CODE (struct_value_rtx) == REG)
6722 {
6723 push_to_sequence (use_insns);
6724 emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, struct_value_rtx));
6725 use_insns = get_insns ();
6726 end_sequence ();
6727 }
6728 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
6729 }
6730
6731 /* All arguments and registers used for the call are set up by now! */
6732 function = prepare_call_address (function, NULL_TREE, &use_insns);
6733
6734 /* Ensure address is valid. SYMBOL_REF is already valid, so no need,
6735 and we don't want to load it into a register as an optimization,
6736 because prepare_call_address already did it if it should be done. */
6737 if (GET_CODE (function) != SYMBOL_REF)
6738 function = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, function);
6739
6740 /* Generate the actual call instruction and save the return value. */
6741#ifdef HAVE_untyped_call
6742 if (HAVE_untyped_call)
6743 emit_call_insn (gen_untyped_call (gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE, function),
6744 result, result_vector (1, result)));
6745 else
6746#endif
6747#ifdef HAVE_call_value
6748 if (HAVE_call_value)
6749 {
6750 rtx valreg = 0;
6751
6752 /* Locate the unique return register. It is not possible to
6753 express a call that sets more than one return register using
6754 call_value; use untyped_call for that. In fact, untyped_call
6755 only needs to save the return registers in the given block. */
6756 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
6757 if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode)
6758 {
6759 if (valreg)
6760 abort (); /* HAVE_untyped_call required. */
6761 valreg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, regno);
6762 }
6763
6764 emit_call_insn (gen_call_value (valreg,
6765 gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE, function),
6766 const0_rtx, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx));
6767
6768 emit_move_insn (change_address (result, GET_MODE (valreg),
6769 XEXP (result, 0)),
6770 valreg);
6771 }
6772 else
6773#endif
6774 abort ();
6775
6776 /* Find the CALL insn we just emitted and write the USE insns before it. */
6777 for (call_insn = get_last_insn ();
6778 call_insn && GET_CODE (call_insn) != CALL_INSN;
6779 call_insn = PREV_INSN (call_insn))
6780 ;
6781
6782 if (! call_insn)
6783 abort ();
6784
6785 /* Put the USE insns before the CALL. */
6786 emit_insns_before (use_insns, call_insn);
6787
6788 /* Restore the stack. */
6789 emit_stack_restore (SAVE_BLOCK, old_stack_level, NULL_RTX);
6790
6791 /* Return the address of the result block. */
6792 return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (result, 0));
6793}
6794
6795/* Perform an untyped return. */
6796static void
6797expand_builtin_return (result)
6798 rtx result;
6799{
6800 int size, align, regno;
6801 enum machine_mode mode;
6802 rtx reg;
6803 rtx use_insns = 0;
6804
6805 apply_result_size ();
6806 result = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, result);
6807
6808#ifdef HAVE_untyped_return
6809 if (HAVE_untyped_return)
6810 {
6811 emit_jump_insn (gen_untyped_return (result, result_vector (0, result)));
6812 emit_barrier ();
6813 return;
6814 }
6815#endif
6816
6817 /* Restore the return value and note that each value is used. */
6818 size = 0;
6819 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
6820 if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode)
6821 {
6822 align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6823 if (size % align != 0)
6824 size = CEIL (size, align) * align;
6825 reg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno));
6826 emit_move_insn (reg,
6827 change_address (result, mode,
6828 plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0),
6829 size)));
6830
6831 push_to_sequence (use_insns);
6832 emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, reg));
6833 use_insns = get_insns ();
6834 end_sequence ();
6835 size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6836 }
6837
6838 /* Put the USE insns before the return. */
6839 emit_insns (use_insns);
6840
6841 /* Return whatever values was restored by jumping directly to the end
6842 of the function. */
6843 expand_null_return ();
6844}
6845\f
bbf6f052
RK
6846/* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement
6847 and return the RTX for the result.
6848 POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */
6849
6850static rtx
6851expand_increment (exp, post)
6852 register tree exp;
6853 int post;
6854{
6855 register rtx op0, op1;
6856 register rtx temp, value;
6857 register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
6858 optab this_optab = add_optab;
6859 int icode;
6860 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
6861 int op0_is_copy = 0;
c980ac49 6862 int single_insn = 0;
bbf6f052
RK
6863
6864 /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be
6865 evaluated more than once below. */
ca300798
RS
6866 if (!post
6867 || TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF
bbf6f052
RK
6868 || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF
6869 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF
6870 || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1)))))
6871 incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented);
6872
6873 /* Compute the operands as RTX.
6874 Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it:
94a58076 6875 I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg
1499e0a8
RK
6876 and insns were generated in computing it. */
6877
bbf6f052 6878 temp = get_last_insn ();
906c4e36 6879 op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
1499e0a8
RK
6880
6881 /* If OP0 is a SUBREG made for a promoted variable, we cannot increment
6882 in place but intead must do sign- or zero-extension during assignment,
6883 so we copy it into a new register and let the code below use it as
6884 a copy.
6885
6886 Note that we can safely modify this SUBREG since it is know not to be
6887 shared (it was made by the expand_expr call above). */
6888
6889 if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0))
6890 SUBREG_REG (op0) = copy_to_reg (SUBREG_REG (op0));
6891
94a58076
RS
6892 op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG)
6893 && temp != get_last_insn ());
906c4e36 6894 op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
6895
6896 /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */
6897 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
6898 || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR)
6899 this_optab = sub_optab;
6900
c980ac49
RS
6901 /* For a preincrement, see if we can do this with a single instruction. */
6902 if (!post)
6903 {
6904 icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
6905 if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing
6906 /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1
6907 of the insn we want to queue. */
6908 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode)
6909 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode)
6910 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode))
6911 single_insn = 1;
6912 }
6913
bbf6f052 6914 /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register,
ca300798
RS
6915 then we cannot just increment OP0. We must therefore contrive to
6916 increment the original value. Then, for postincrement, we can return
c980ac49
RS
6917 OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. For preincrement, expand here
6918 unless we can do it with a single insn. */
6919 if (op0_is_copy || (!post && !single_insn))
bbf6f052
RK
6920 {
6921 /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is.
ca300798
RS
6922 Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED are prevented
6923 because either (1) it is a component_ref or preincrement,
bbf6f052
RK
6924 in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref
6925 with constant index in an array in a register, which is
6926 safe to reevaluate. */
6927 tree newexp = build ((this_optab == add_optab
6928 ? PLUS_EXPR : MINUS_EXPR),
6929 TREE_TYPE (exp),
6930 incremented,
6931 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
6932 temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post, 0);
6933 return post ? op0 : temp;
6934 }
6935
6936 /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */
6937 if (this_optab == sub_optab
6938 && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
6939 {
906c4e36 6940 op1 = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (op1));
bbf6f052
RK
6941 this_optab = add_optab;
6942 }
6943
6944 if (post)
6945 {
6946 /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0.
6947 If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. */
6948
6949#if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */
6950 op0 = stabilize (op0);
6951#endif
6952
6953 icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
6954 if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing
6955 /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1
6956 of the insn we want to queue. */
6957 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode)
6958 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode))
6959 {
6960 if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode))
6961 op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
6962
6963 return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1));
6964 }
6965 }
6966
6967 /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */
6968 if (post)
6969 /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */
6970 temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0);
6971 else
6972 /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */
6973 /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue,
6974 and the results of that would be invalid for us to return
6975 if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */
6976 temp = copy_rtx (value = op0);
6977
6978 /* Increment however we can. */
6979 op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, op0,
6980 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
6981 /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */
6982 if (op1 != op0)
6983 emit_move_insn (op0, op1);
6984
6985 return temp;
6986}
6987\f
6988/* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first.
6989 But don't look within expressions that have sequence points.
6990 For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value
6991 in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field. */
6992
6993static void
6994preexpand_calls (exp)
6995 tree exp;
6996{
6997 register int nops, i;
6998 int type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp));
6999
7000 if (! do_preexpand_calls)
7001 return;
7002
7003 /* Only expressions and references can contain calls. */
7004
7005 if (type != 'e' && type != '<' && type != '1' && type != '2' && type != 'r')
7006 return;
7007
7008 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
7009 {
7010 case CALL_EXPR:
7011 /* Do nothing if already expanded. */
7012 if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0)
7013 return;
7014
7015 /* Do nothing to built-in functions. */
7016 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != ADDR_EXPR
7017 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) != FUNCTION_DECL
7018 || ! DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
906c4e36 7019 CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7020 return;
7021
7022 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
7023 case COND_EXPR:
7024 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
7025 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
7026 /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure
7027 the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps).
7028 Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument
7029 of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment
7030 after some other args have already been pushed. */
7031 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
7032 return;
7033
7034 case BLOCK:
7035 case RTL_EXPR:
7036 case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR:
7037 return;
7038
7039 case SAVE_EXPR:
7040 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0)
7041 return;
7042 }
7043
7044 nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)];
7045 for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
7046 if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0)
7047 {
7048 type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i)));
7049 if (type == 'e' || type == '<' || type == '1' || type == '2'
7050 || type == 'r')
7051 preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i));
7052 }
7053}
7054\f
7055/* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed
7056 arguments waiting to be popped. */
7057
7058void
7059init_pending_stack_adjust ()
7060{
7061 pending_stack_adjust = 0;
7062}
7063
7064/* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust
7065 so the adjustment won't get done. */
7066
7067void
7068clear_pending_stack_adjust ()
7069{
7070#ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
7071 if (! flag_omit_frame_pointer && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
81feeecb 7072 && ! (DECL_INLINE (current_function_decl) && ! flag_no_inline)
bbf6f052
RK
7073 && ! flag_inline_functions)
7074 pending_stack_adjust = 0;
7075#endif
7076}
7077
7078/* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet. */
7079
7080void
7081do_pending_stack_adjust ()
7082{
7083 if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0)
7084 {
7085 if (pending_stack_adjust != 0)
906c4e36 7086 adjust_stack (GEN_INT (pending_stack_adjust));
bbf6f052
RK
7087 pending_stack_adjust = 0;
7088 }
7089}
7090
7091/* Expand all cleanups up to OLD_CLEANUPS.
7092 Needed here, and also for language-dependent calls. */
7093
7094void
7095expand_cleanups_to (old_cleanups)
7096 tree old_cleanups;
7097{
7098 while (cleanups_this_call != old_cleanups)
7099 {
906c4e36 7100 expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (cleanups_this_call), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7101 cleanups_this_call = TREE_CHAIN (cleanups_this_call);
7102 }
7103}
7104\f
7105/* Expand conditional expressions. */
7106
7107/* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero.
7108 LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the
7109 functions here. */
7110
7111void
7112jumpifnot (exp, label)
7113 tree exp;
7114 rtx label;
7115{
906c4e36 7116 do_jump (exp, label, NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052
RK
7117}
7118
7119/* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero. */
7120
7121void
7122jumpif (exp, label)
7123 tree exp;
7124 rtx label;
7125{
906c4e36 7126 do_jump (exp, NULL_RTX, label);
bbf6f052
RK
7127}
7128
7129/* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if
7130 the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one.
7131 Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero,
7132 meaning fall through in that case.
7133
e7c33f54
RK
7134 do_jump always does any pending stack adjust except when it does not
7135 actually perform a jump. An example where there is no jump
7136 is when EXP is `(foo (), 0)' and IF_FALSE_LABEL is null.
7137
bbf6f052
RK
7138 This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as
7139 &&, || and comparison operators in EXP. */
7140
7141void
7142do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label)
7143 tree exp;
7144 rtx if_false_label, if_true_label;
7145{
7146 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
7147 /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to
7148 in order to properly fall through.
7149 These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero. */
7150 rtx drop_through_label = 0;
7151 rtx temp;
7152 rtx comparison = 0;
7153 int i;
7154 tree type;
7155
7156 emit_queue ();
7157
7158 switch (code)
7159 {
7160 case ERROR_MARK:
7161 break;
7162
7163 case INTEGER_CST:
7164 temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label;
7165 if (temp)
7166 emit_jump (temp);
7167 break;
7168
7169#if 0
7170 /* This is not true with #pragma weak */
7171 case ADDR_EXPR:
7172 /* The address of something can never be zero. */
7173 if (if_true_label)
7174 emit_jump (if_true_label);
7175 break;
7176#endif
7177
7178 case NOP_EXPR:
7179 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COMPONENT_REF
7180 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == BIT_FIELD_REF
7181 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ARRAY_REF)
7182 goto normal;
7183 case CONVERT_EXPR:
7184 /* If we are narrowing the operand, we have to do the compare in the
7185 narrower mode. */
7186 if ((TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp))
7187 < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
7188 goto normal;
7189 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7190 case REFERENCE_EXPR:
7191 case ABS_EXPR:
7192 case NEGATE_EXPR:
7193 case LROTATE_EXPR:
7194 case RROTATE_EXPR:
7195 /* These cannot change zero->non-zero or vice versa. */
7196 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7197 break;
7198
7199#if 0
7200 /* This is never less insns than evaluating the PLUS_EXPR followed by
7201 a test and can be longer if the test is eliminated. */
7202 case PLUS_EXPR:
7203 /* Reduce to minus. */
7204 exp = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp),
7205 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
7206 fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)),
7207 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))));
7208 /* Process as MINUS. */
7209#endif
7210
7211 case MINUS_EXPR:
7212 /* Non-zero iff operands of minus differ. */
7213 comparison = compare (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp),
7214 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
7215 TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)),
7216 NE, NE);
7217 break;
7218
7219 case BIT_AND_EXPR:
7220 /* If we are AND'ing with a small constant, do this comparison in the
7221 smallest type that fits. If the machine doesn't have comparisons
7222 that small, it will be converted back to the wider comparison.
7223 This helps if we are testing the sign bit of a narrower object.
7224 combine can't do this for us because it can't know whether a
7225 ZERO_EXTRACT or a compare in a smaller mode exists, but we do. */
7226
08af8e09
RK
7227 if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
7228 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
906c4e36 7229 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
bbf6f052
RK
7230 && (i = floor_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) >= 0
7231 && (type = type_for_size (i + 1, 1)) != 0
08af8e09
RK
7232 && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp))
7233 && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code
7234 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
bbf6f052
RK
7235 {
7236 do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7237 break;
7238 }
7239 goto normal;
7240
7241 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
7242 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label);
7243 break;
7244
7245 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
7246 if (if_false_label == 0)
7247 if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
906c4e36 7248 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052
RK
7249 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7250 break;
7251
7252 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
7253 if (if_true_label == 0)
7254 if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
906c4e36 7255 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, if_true_label);
bbf6f052
RK
7256 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7257 break;
7258
7259 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
7260 expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
7261 free_temp_slots ();
7262 emit_queue ();
e7c33f54 7263 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
bbf6f052
RK
7264 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7265 break;
7266
7267 case COMPONENT_REF:
7268 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
7269 case ARRAY_REF:
7270 {
7271 int bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp;
7272 enum machine_mode mode;
7273 tree type;
7bb0943f 7274 tree offset;
bbf6f052
RK
7275 int volatilep = 0;
7276
7277 /* Get description of this reference. We don't actually care
7278 about the underlying object here. */
7bb0943f
RS
7279 get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
7280 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep);
bbf6f052
RK
7281
7282 type = type_for_size (bitsize, unsignedp);
08af8e09
RK
7283 if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
7284 && type != 0 && bitsize >= 0
7285 && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp))
7286 && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code
7287 != CODE_FOR_nothing))
bbf6f052
RK
7288 {
7289 do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7290 break;
7291 }
7292 goto normal;
7293 }
7294
7295 case COND_EXPR:
7296 /* Do (a ? 1 : 0) and (a ? 0 : 1) as special cases. */
7297 if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
7298 && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)))
7299 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7300
7301 else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
7302 && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)))
7303 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label);
7304
7305 else
7306 {
7307 register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx ();
7308 drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
906c4e36 7309 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052
RK
7310 /* Now the THEN-expression. */
7311 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
7312 if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label,
7313 if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label);
e7c33f54
RK
7314 /* In case the do_jump just above never jumps. */
7315 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
bbf6f052
RK
7316 emit_label (label1);
7317 /* Now the ELSE-expression. */
7318 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2),
7319 if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label,
7320 if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label);
7321 }
7322 break;
7323
7324 case EQ_EXPR:
7325 if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
7326 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label);
7327 else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
7328 == MODE_INT)
7329 &&
7330 !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
7331 do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label);
7332 else
7333 comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ);
7334 break;
7335
7336 case NE_EXPR:
7337 if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
7338 do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label);
7339 else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
7340 == MODE_INT)
7341 &&
7342 !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
7343 do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_true_label, if_false_label);
7344 else
7345 comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE);
7346 break;
7347
7348 case LT_EXPR:
7349 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
7350 == MODE_INT)
7351 && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
7352 do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_false_label, if_true_label);
7353 else
7354 comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU);
7355 break;
7356
7357 case LE_EXPR:
7358 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
7359 == MODE_INT)
7360 && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
7361 do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_true_label, if_false_label);
7362 else
7363 comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU);
7364 break;
7365
7366 case GT_EXPR:
7367 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
7368 == MODE_INT)
7369 && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
7370 do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_false_label, if_true_label);
7371 else
7372 comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU);
7373 break;
7374
7375 case GE_EXPR:
7376 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
7377 == MODE_INT)
7378 && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
7379 do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_true_label, if_false_label);
7380 else
7381 comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU);
7382 break;
7383
7384 default:
7385 normal:
906c4e36 7386 temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7387#if 0
7388 /* This is not needed any more and causes poor code since it causes
7389 comparisons and tests from non-SI objects to have different code
7390 sequences. */
7391 /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse
7392 from (set (mem ...) (arithop)) (set (cc0) (mem ...)). */
7393 if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM)
7394 temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
7395#endif
7396 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
7397 if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT)
7398 comparison = (temp == const0_rtx ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx);
7399 else if (GET_CODE (temp) == LABEL_REF)
7400 comparison = const_true_rtx;
7401 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT
7402 && !can_compare_p (GET_MODE (temp)))
7403 /* Note swapping the labels gives us not-equal. */
7404 do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (temp, if_true_label, if_false_label);
7405 else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
7406 comparison = compare_from_rtx (temp, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp)),
cd1b4b44
RK
7407 NE, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
7408 GET_MODE (temp), NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7409 else
7410 abort ();
7411 }
7412
7413 /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested. */
7414 emit_queue ();
7415
7416 /* If COMPARISON is nonzero here, it is an rtx that can be substituted
7417 straight into a conditional jump instruction as the jump condition.
7418 Otherwise, all the work has been done already. */
7419
7420 if (comparison == const_true_rtx)
7421 {
7422 if (if_true_label)
7423 emit_jump (if_true_label);
7424 }
7425 else if (comparison == const0_rtx)
7426 {
7427 if (if_false_label)
7428 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7429 }
7430 else if (comparison)
7431 do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label);
7432
7433 free_temp_slots ();
7434
7435 if (drop_through_label)
e7c33f54
RK
7436 {
7437 /* If do_jump produces code that might be jumped around,
7438 do any stack adjusts from that code, before the place
7439 where control merges in. */
7440 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
7441 emit_label (drop_through_label);
7442 }
bbf6f052
RK
7443}
7444\f
7445/* Given a comparison expression EXP for values too wide to be compared
7446 with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label.
7447 The code of EXP is ignored; we always test GT if SWAP is 0,
7448 and LT if SWAP is 1. */
7449
7450static void
7451do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, swap, if_false_label, if_true_label)
7452 tree exp;
7453 int swap;
7454 rtx if_false_label, if_true_label;
7455{
906c4e36
RK
7456 rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
7457 rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, !swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7458 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
7459 int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD);
7460 rtx drop_through_label = 0;
7461 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
7462 int i;
7463
7464 if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label)
7465 drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
7466 if (! if_true_label)
7467 if_true_label = drop_through_label;
7468 if (! if_false_label)
7469 if_false_label = drop_through_label;
7470
7471 /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */
f81497d9
RS
7472 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
7473 {
7474 rtx comp;
7475 rtx op0_word, op1_word;
7476
7477 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7478 {
7479 op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode);
7480 op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode);
7481 }
7482 else
7483 {
7484 op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode);
7485 op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode);
7486 }
7487
7488 /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */
7489 comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word,
7490 (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT,
7491 unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0);
7492 if (comp == const_true_rtx)
7493 emit_jump (if_true_label);
7494 else if (comp != const0_rtx)
7495 do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label);
7496
7497 /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */
7498 comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode,
7499 NULL_RTX, 0);
7500 if (comp == const_true_rtx)
7501 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7502 else if (comp != const0_rtx)
7503 do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label);
7504 }
7505
7506 if (if_false_label)
7507 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7508 if (drop_through_label)
7509 emit_label (drop_through_label);
7510}
7511
7512/* Compare OP0 with OP1, word at a time, in mode MODE.
7513 UNSIGNEDP says to do unsigned comparison.
7514 Jump to IF_TRUE_LABEL if OP0 is greater, IF_FALSE_LABEL otherwise. */
7515
7516static void
7517do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, unsignedp, op0, op1, if_false_label, if_true_label)
7518 enum machine_mode mode;
7519 int unsignedp;
7520 rtx op0, op1;
7521 rtx if_false_label, if_true_label;
7522{
7523 int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD);
7524 rtx drop_through_label = 0;
7525 int i;
7526
7527 if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label)
7528 drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
7529 if (! if_true_label)
7530 if_true_label = drop_through_label;
7531 if (! if_false_label)
7532 if_false_label = drop_through_label;
7533
7534 /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */
bbf6f052
RK
7535 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
7536 {
7537 rtx comp;
7538 rtx op0_word, op1_word;
7539
7540 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7541 {
7542 op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode);
7543 op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode);
7544 }
7545 else
7546 {
7547 op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode);
7548 op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode);
7549 }
7550
7551 /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */
7552 comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word,
7553 (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT,
906c4e36 7554 unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7555 if (comp == const_true_rtx)
7556 emit_jump (if_true_label);
7557 else if (comp != const0_rtx)
906c4e36 7558 do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label);
bbf6f052
RK
7559
7560 /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */
7561 comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode,
906c4e36 7562 NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7563 if (comp == const_true_rtx)
7564 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7565 else if (comp != const0_rtx)
906c4e36 7566 do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label);
bbf6f052
RK
7567 }
7568
7569 if (if_false_label)
7570 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7571 if (drop_through_label)
7572 emit_label (drop_through_label);
7573}
7574
7575/* Given an EQ_EXPR expression EXP for values too wide to be compared
7576 with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. */
7577
7578static void
7579do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label)
7580 tree exp;
7581 rtx if_false_label, if_true_label;
7582{
906c4e36
RK
7583 rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
7584 rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7585 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
7586 int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD);
7587 int i;
7588 rtx drop_through_label = 0;
7589
7590 if (! if_false_label)
7591 drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx ();
7592
7593 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
7594 {
7595 rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode),
7596 operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode),
cd1b4b44
RK
7597 EQ, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
7598 word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7599 if (comp == const_true_rtx)
7600 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7601 else if (comp != const0_rtx)
906c4e36 7602 do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052
RK
7603 }
7604
7605 if (if_true_label)
7606 emit_jump (if_true_label);
7607 if (drop_through_label)
7608 emit_label (drop_through_label);
7609}
7610\f
7611/* Jump according to whether OP0 is 0.
7612 We assume that OP0 has an integer mode that is too wide
7613 for the available compare insns. */
7614
7615static void
7616do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (op0, if_false_label, if_true_label)
7617 rtx op0;
7618 rtx if_false_label, if_true_label;
7619{
7620 int nwords = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
7621 int i;
7622 rtx drop_through_label = 0;
7623
7624 if (! if_false_label)
7625 drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx ();
7626
7627 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
7628 {
7629 rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i,
7630 GET_MODE (op0)),
cd1b4b44 7631 const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7632 if (comp == const_true_rtx)
7633 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7634 else if (comp != const0_rtx)
906c4e36 7635 do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX);
bbf6f052
RK
7636 }
7637
7638 if (if_true_label)
7639 emit_jump (if_true_label);
7640 if (drop_through_label)
7641 emit_label (drop_through_label);
7642}
7643
7644/* Given a comparison expression in rtl form, output conditional branches to
7645 IF_TRUE_LABEL, IF_FALSE_LABEL, or both. */
7646
7647static void
7648do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label)
7649 rtx comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label;
7650{
7651 if (if_true_label)
7652 {
7653 if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0)
7654 emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_true_label));
7655 else
7656 abort ();
7657
7658 if (if_false_label)
7659 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7660 }
7661 else if (if_false_label)
7662 {
7663 rtx insn;
7664 rtx prev = PREV_INSN (get_last_insn ());
7665 rtx branch = 0;
7666
7667 /* Output the branch with the opposite condition. Then try to invert
7668 what is generated. If more than one insn is a branch, or if the
7669 branch is not the last insn written, abort. If we can't invert
7670 the branch, emit make a true label, redirect this jump to that,
7671 emit a jump to the false label and define the true label. */
7672
7673 if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0)
7674 emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_false_label));
7675 else
7676 abort ();
7677
7678 /* Here we get the insn before what was just emitted.
7679 On some machines, emitting the branch can discard
7680 the previous compare insn and emit a replacement. */
7681 if (prev == 0)
7682 /* If there's only one preceding insn... */
7683 insn = get_insns ();
7684 else
7685 insn = NEXT_INSN (prev);
7686
7687 for (insn = NEXT_INSN (insn); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
7688 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
7689 {
7690 if (branch)
7691 abort ();
7692 branch = insn;
7693 }
7694
7695 if (branch != get_last_insn ())
7696 abort ();
7697
7698 if (! invert_jump (branch, if_false_label))
7699 {
7700 if_true_label = gen_label_rtx ();
7701 redirect_jump (branch, if_true_label);
7702 emit_jump (if_false_label);
7703 emit_label (if_true_label);
7704 }
7705 }
7706}
7707\f
7708/* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP
7709 (including code to compute the values to be compared)
7710 and set (CC0) according to the result.
7711 SIGNED_CODE should be the rtx operation for this comparison for
7712 signed data; UNSIGNED_CODE, likewise for use if data is unsigned.
7713
7714 We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently
7715 things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used. */
7716
7717static rtx
7718compare (exp, signed_code, unsigned_code)
7719 register tree exp;
7720 enum rtx_code signed_code, unsigned_code;
7721{
906c4e36
RK
7722 register rtx op0
7723 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
7724 register rtx op1
7725 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7726 register tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
7727 register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
7728 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type);
7729 enum rtx_code code = unsignedp ? unsigned_code : signed_code;
7730
7731 return compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode,
7732 ((mode == BLKmode)
906c4e36 7733 ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : NULL_RTX),
bbf6f052
RK
7734 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7735}
7736
7737/* Like compare but expects the values to compare as two rtx's.
7738 The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller.
7739
7740 If MODE is BLKmode, SIZE is an RTX giving the size of the objects being
7741 compared.
7742
7743 If ALIGN is non-zero, it is the alignment of this type; if zero, the
7744 size of MODE should be used. */
7745
7746rtx
7747compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, size, align)
7748 register rtx op0, op1;
7749 enum rtx_code code;
7750 int unsignedp;
7751 enum machine_mode mode;
7752 rtx size;
7753 int align;
7754{
a7c5971a
RK
7755 rtx tem;
7756
bf743ac5
RK
7757 /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this
7758 if the other operand is not constant as well. */
bbf6f052 7759
bf743ac5
RK
7760 if ((CONSTANT_P (op0) && ! CONSTANT_P (op1))
7761 || (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT))
bbf6f052 7762 {
a7c5971a 7763 tem = op0;
bbf6f052
RK
7764 op0 = op1;
7765 op1 = tem;
7766 code = swap_condition (code);
7767 }
7768
7769 if (flag_force_mem)
7770 {
7771 op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
7772 op1 = force_not_mem (op1);
7773 }
7774
7775 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
7776
a7c5971a
RK
7777 if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
7778 && (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0)
7779 return tem;
bbf6f052 7780
cd1b4b44
RK
7781#if 0
7782 /* There's no need to do this now that combine.c can eliminate lots of
7783 sign extensions. This can be less efficient in certain cases on other
1c6bc817 7784 machines. */
cd1b4b44 7785
bbf6f052
RK
7786 /* If this is a signed equality comparison, we can do it as an
7787 unsigned comparison since zero-extension is cheaper than sign
77fa0940
RK
7788 extension and comparisons with zero are done as unsigned. This is
7789 the case even on machines that can do fast sign extension, since
8008b228 7790 zero-extension is easier to combine with other operations than
77fa0940
RK
7791 sign-extension is. If we are comparing against a constant, we must
7792 convert it to what it would look like unsigned. */
bbf6f052 7793 if ((code == EQ || code == NE) && ! unsignedp
906c4e36 7794 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
bbf6f052
RK
7795 {
7796 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
7797 && (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) != INTVAL (op1))
906c4e36 7798 op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0)));
bbf6f052
RK
7799 unsignedp = 1;
7800 }
cd1b4b44 7801#endif
bbf6f052
RK
7802
7803 emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, code, size, mode, unsignedp, align);
7804
7805 return gen_rtx (code, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx);
7806}
7807\f
7808/* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction
e7c33f54
RK
7809 and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison
7810 or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison.
7811
bbf6f052
RK
7812 If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient.
7813
7814 If ONLY_CHEAP is non-zero, only do this if it is likely to be very
7815 cheap.
7816
7817 Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction
7818 available on this machine.
7819
7820 Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison,
7821 we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to
7822 re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling
7823 emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason
7824 to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that
7825 it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a
7826 set/jump/set sequence. */
7827
7828static rtx
7829do_store_flag (exp, target, mode, only_cheap)
7830 tree exp;
7831 rtx target;
7832 enum machine_mode mode;
7833 int only_cheap;
7834{
7835 enum rtx_code code;
e7c33f54 7836 tree arg0, arg1, type;
bbf6f052 7837 tree tem;
e7c33f54
RK
7838 enum machine_mode operand_mode;
7839 int invert = 0;
7840 int unsignedp;
bbf6f052
RK
7841 rtx op0, op1;
7842 enum insn_code icode;
7843 rtx subtarget = target;
7844 rtx result, label, pattern, jump_pat;
7845
e7c33f54
RK
7846 /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the
7847 result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would
7848 have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for
7849 some floating-point comparisons. */
7850
7851 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR)
7852 invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
7853
7854 arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
7855 arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
7856 type = TREE_TYPE (arg0);
7857 operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
7858 unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type);
7859
bbf6f052
RK
7860 /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean
7861 passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */
7862 if (operand_mode == BLKmode)
7863 return 0;
7864
d964285c
CH
7865 STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
7866 STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
bbf6f052
RK
7867
7868 /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison
7869 operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be
7870 converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests
7871 below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These
7872 tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants
7873 are rarely passed as the first operand. */
7874
7875 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
7876 {
7877 case EQ_EXPR:
7878 code = EQ;
7879 break;
7880 case NE_EXPR:
7881 code = NE;
7882 break;
7883 case LT_EXPR:
7884 if (integer_onep (arg1))
7885 arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE;
7886 else
7887 code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT;
7888 break;
7889 case LE_EXPR:
5bf6e3bd
RK
7890 if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1))
7891 arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT;
bbf6f052
RK
7892 else
7893 code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE;
7894 break;
7895 case GT_EXPR:
5bf6e3bd
RK
7896 if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1))
7897 arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE;
bbf6f052
RK
7898 else
7899 code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT;
7900 break;
7901 case GE_EXPR:
7902 if (integer_onep (arg1))
7903 arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT;
7904 else
7905 code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE;
7906 break;
7907 default:
7908 abort ();
7909 }
7910
7911 /* Put a constant second. */
7912 if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST)
7913 {
7914 tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem;
7915 code = swap_condition (code);
7916 }
7917
7918 /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can
7919 do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and
7920 masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ,
7921 we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster
7922 than an scc insn even if we have it. */
7923
7924 if ((code == NE || code == EQ)
7925 && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1)
7926 && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1))
906c4e36 7927 && TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
bbf6f052 7928 {
af508edd 7929 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0);
bbf6f052 7930 int bitnum = exact_log2 (INTVAL (expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1),
906c4e36 7931 NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0)));
af508edd
RK
7932 int ops_unsignedp;
7933
7934 /* If INNER is a right shift of a constant and it plus BITNUM does
7935 not overflow, adjust BITNUM and INNER. */
7936
7937 if (TREE_CODE (inner) == RSHIFT_EXPR
7938 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
7939 && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == 0
7940 && (bitnum + TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1))
7941 < TYPE_PRECISION (type)))
7942 {
7943 bitnum +=TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1));
7944 inner = TREE_OPERAND (inner, 0);
7945 }
7946
7947 /* If we are going to be able to omit the AND below, we must do our
7948 operations as unsigned. If we must use the AND, we have a choice.
7949 Normally unsigned is faster, but for some machines signed is. */
7950 ops_unsignedp = (bitnum == TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1 ? 1
7951#ifdef BYTE_LOADS_SIGN_EXTEND
7952 : 0
7953#else
7954 : 1
7955#endif
7956 );
bbf6f052
RK
7957
7958 if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG
7959 || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode
af508edd 7960 || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, inner))
bbf6f052
RK
7961 subtarget = 0;
7962
af508edd 7963 op0 = expand_expr (inner, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
7964
7965 if (bitnum != 0)
7966 op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0,
af508edd 7967 size_int (bitnum), target, ops_unsignedp);
bbf6f052
RK
7968
7969 if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode)
af508edd
RK
7970 op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, ops_unsignedp);
7971
7972 if ((code == EQ && ! invert) || (code == NE && invert))
7973 op0 = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, target,
7974 ops_unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
bbf6f052 7975
af508edd 7976 /* Put the AND last so it can combine with more things. */
bbf6f052
RK
7977 if (bitnum != TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1)
7978 op0 = expand_and (op0, const1_rtx, target);
7979
bbf6f052
RK
7980 return op0;
7981 }
7982
7983 /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */
7984 if (! can_compare_p (operand_mode))
7985 return 0;
7986 icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code];
7987 if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
7988 || (only_cheap && insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][0] != mode))
7989 {
7990 /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that
7991 can be handled without an scc insn. */
7992 if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1))
7993 || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1)))
7994 ;
7995 else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0
7996 && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ)
7997 && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE
7998 && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code
7999 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
8000 || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code
8001 != CODE_FOR_nothing)))
8002 ;
8003 else
8004 return 0;
8005 }
8006
8007 preexpand_calls (exp);
8008 if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG
8009 || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode
8010 || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, arg1))
8011 subtarget = 0;
8012
8013 op0 = expand_expr (arg0, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
906c4e36 8014 op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
bbf6f052
RK
8015
8016 if (target == 0)
8017 target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
8018
d39985fa
RK
8019 /* Pass copies of OP0 and OP1 in case they contain a QUEUED. This is safe
8020 because, if the emit_store_flag does anything it will succeed and
8021 OP0 and OP1 will not be used subsequently. */
8022
8023 result = emit_store_flag (target, code,
8024 queued_subexp_p (op0) ? copy_rtx (op0) : op0,
8025 queued_subexp_p (op1) ? copy_rtx (op1) : op1,
8026 operand_mode, unsignedp, 1);
bbf6f052
RK
8027
8028 if (result)
e7c33f54
RK
8029 {
8030 if (invert)
8031 result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx,
8032 result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
8033 return result;
8034 }
bbf6f052
RK
8035
8036 /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */
8037 if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG
8038 || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1))
8039 target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target));
8040
e7c33f54 8041 emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx);
906c4e36
RK
8042 result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp,
8043 operand_mode, NULL_RTX, 0);
bbf6f052 8044 if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT)
e7c33f54
RK
8045 return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert)
8046 || (result != const0_rtx && invert))
8047 ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx);
bbf6f052
RK
8048
8049 label = gen_label_rtx ();
8050 if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0)
8051 abort ();
8052
8053 emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label));
e7c33f54 8054 emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx);
bbf6f052
RK
8055 emit_label (label);
8056
8057 return target;
8058}
8059\f
8060/* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements). */
8061
8062#ifdef HAVE_tablejump
8063
8064/* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value
8065 in the table already subtracted.
88d3b7f0 8066 MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant).
bbf6f052
RK
8067 RANGE is the length of the jump table.
8068 TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself.
8069
8070 DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the
8071 index value is out of range. */
8072
8073void
e87b4f3f 8074do_tablejump (index, mode, range, table_label, default_label)
bbf6f052 8075 rtx index, range, table_label, default_label;
e87b4f3f 8076 enum machine_mode mode;
bbf6f052
RK
8077{
8078 register rtx temp, vector;
8079
88d3b7f0
RS
8080 /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index
8081 expression and the value which represents the length of the range.
8082 Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range
8083 from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously
8084 check that the original index expression value is both greater than
8085 or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to
8086 the maximum value of the range. */
e87b4f3f 8087
b4c65118 8088 emit_cmp_insn (range, index, LTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, 0);
bbf6f052 8089 emit_jump_insn (gen_bltu (default_label));
88d3b7f0
RS
8090
8091 /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode.
8092 Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */
8093 if (mode != Pmode)
8094 index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1);
8095
bbf6f052
RK
8096 /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address
8097 it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made
8098 about addresses that contain label-refs,
8099 which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */
8100 /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the
8101 GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other
8102 uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code
8103 could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */
8104 index = memory_address_noforce
8105 (CASE_VECTOR_MODE,
8106 gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
8107 gen_rtx (MULT, Pmode, index,
906c4e36 8108 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))),
bbf6f052
RK
8109 gen_rtx (LABEL_REF, Pmode, table_label)));
8110 temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE);
8111 vector = gen_rtx (MEM, CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index);
8112 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1;
8113 convert_move (temp, vector, 0);
8114
8115 emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label));
8116
8117#ifndef CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
8118 /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the
8119 table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */
8120 if (! flag_pic)
8121 emit_barrier ();
8122#endif
8123}
8124
8125#endif /* HAVE_tablejump */
This page took 1.017381 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.